WO2024159397A1 - 焊接方法、焊接装置、焊接设备及电池单体 - Google Patents

焊接方法、焊接装置、焊接设备及电池单体 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2024159397A1
WO2024159397A1 PCT/CN2023/073962 CN2023073962W WO2024159397A1 WO 2024159397 A1 WO2024159397 A1 WO 2024159397A1 CN 2023073962 W CN2023073962 W CN 2023073962W WO 2024159397 A1 WO2024159397 A1 WO 2024159397A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
welding
welded
welding head
section
head
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Ceased
Application number
PCT/CN2023/073962
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
陈建云
连仕源
彭春阳
尹泽远
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Contemporary Amperex Technology Co Ltd
Original Assignee
Contemporary Amperex Technology Co Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Contemporary Amperex Technology Co Ltd filed Critical Contemporary Amperex Technology Co Ltd
Priority to EP23875912.0A priority Critical patent/EP4431224A4/en
Priority to CN202380045269.9A priority patent/CN119343198A/zh
Priority to PCT/CN2023/073962 priority patent/WO2024159397A1/zh
Priority to US18/622,119 priority patent/US12599991B2/en
Publication of WO2024159397A1 publication Critical patent/WO2024159397A1/zh
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical
Ceased legal-status Critical Current

Links

Classifications

    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B23—MACHINE TOOLS; METAL-WORKING NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • B23K—SOLDERING OR UNSOLDERING; WELDING; CLADDING OR PLATING BY SOLDERING OR WELDING; CUTTING BY APPLYING HEAT LOCALLY, e.g. FLAME CUTTING; WORKING BY LASER BEAM
    • B23K31/00—Processes relevant to this subclass, specially adapted for particular articles or purposes, but not covered by any single one of main groups B23K1/00 - B23K28/00
    • B23K31/02—Processes relevant to this subclass, specially adapted for particular articles or purposes, but not covered by any single one of main groups B23K1/00 - B23K28/00 relating to soldering or welding
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B23—MACHINE TOOLS; METAL-WORKING NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • B23K—SOLDERING OR UNSOLDERING; WELDING; CLADDING OR PLATING BY SOLDERING OR WELDING; CUTTING BY APPLYING HEAT LOCALLY, e.g. FLAME CUTTING; WORKING BY LASER BEAM
    • B23K26/00—Working by laser beam, e.g. welding, cutting or boring
    • B23K26/20—Bonding
    • B23K26/206—Laser sealing
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B23—MACHINE TOOLS; METAL-WORKING NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • B23K—SOLDERING OR UNSOLDERING; WELDING; CLADDING OR PLATING BY SOLDERING OR WELDING; CUTTING BY APPLYING HEAT LOCALLY, e.g. FLAME CUTTING; WORKING BY LASER BEAM
    • B23K37/00—Auxiliary devices or processes, not specially adapted for a procedure covered by only one of the other main groups of this subclass
    • B23K37/04—Auxiliary devices or processes, not specially adapted for a procedure covered by only one of the other main groups of this subclass for holding or positioning work
    • B23K37/0426—Fixtures for other work
    • B23K37/0435—Clamps
    • B23K37/0443—Jigs
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B23—MACHINE TOOLS; METAL-WORKING NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • B23K—SOLDERING OR UNSOLDERING; WELDING; CLADDING OR PLATING BY SOLDERING OR WELDING; CUTTING BY APPLYING HEAT LOCALLY, e.g. FLAME CUTTING; WORKING BY LASER BEAM
    • B23K37/00—Auxiliary devices or processes, not specially adapted for a procedure covered by only one of the other main groups of this subclass
    • B23K37/04—Auxiliary devices or processes, not specially adapted for a procedure covered by only one of the other main groups of this subclass for holding or positioning work
    • B23K37/0426—Fixtures for other work
    • B23K37/0452—Orientable fixtures
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B23—MACHINE TOOLS; METAL-WORKING NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • B23K—SOLDERING OR UNSOLDERING; WELDING; CLADDING OR PLATING BY SOLDERING OR WELDING; CUTTING BY APPLYING HEAT LOCALLY, e.g. FLAME CUTTING; WORKING BY LASER BEAM
    • B23K37/00—Auxiliary devices or processes, not specially adapted for a procedure covered by only one of the other main groups of this subclass
    • B23K37/04—Auxiliary devices or processes, not specially adapted for a procedure covered by only one of the other main groups of this subclass for holding or positioning work
    • B23K37/047—Auxiliary devices or processes, not specially adapted for a procedure covered by only one of the other main groups of this subclass for holding or positioning work moving work to adjust its position between soldering, welding or cutting steps
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01M—PROCESSES OR MEANS, e.g. BATTERIES, FOR THE DIRECT CONVERSION OF CHEMICAL ENERGY INTO ELECTRICAL ENERGY
    • H01M50/00—Constructional details or processes of manufacture of the non-active parts of electrochemical cells other than fuel cells, e.g. hybrid cells
    • H01M50/10—Primary casings; Jackets or wrappings
    • H01M50/102—Primary casings; Jackets or wrappings characterised by their shape or physical structure
    • H01M50/103—Primary casings; Jackets or wrappings characterised by their shape or physical structure prismatic or rectangular
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01M—PROCESSES OR MEANS, e.g. BATTERIES, FOR THE DIRECT CONVERSION OF CHEMICAL ENERGY INTO ELECTRICAL ENERGY
    • H01M50/00—Constructional details or processes of manufacture of the non-active parts of electrochemical cells other than fuel cells, e.g. hybrid cells
    • H01M50/10—Primary casings; Jackets or wrappings
    • H01M50/147—Lids or covers
    • H01M50/148—Lids or covers characterised by their shape
    • H01M50/15—Lids or covers characterised by their shape for prismatic or rectangular cells
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01M—PROCESSES OR MEANS, e.g. BATTERIES, FOR THE DIRECT CONVERSION OF CHEMICAL ENERGY INTO ELECTRICAL ENERGY
    • H01M50/00—Constructional details or processes of manufacture of the non-active parts of electrochemical cells other than fuel cells, e.g. hybrid cells
    • H01M50/10—Primary casings; Jackets or wrappings
    • H01M50/147—Lids or covers
    • H01M50/166—Lids or covers characterised by the methods of assembling casings with lids
    • H01M50/169—Lids or covers characterised by the methods of assembling casings with lids by welding, brazing or soldering
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B23—MACHINE TOOLS; METAL-WORKING NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • B23K—SOLDERING OR UNSOLDERING; WELDING; CLADDING OR PLATING BY SOLDERING OR WELDING; CUTTING BY APPLYING HEAT LOCALLY, e.g. FLAME CUTTING; WORKING BY LASER BEAM
    • B23K2101/00—Articles made by soldering, welding or cutting
    • B23K2101/04—Tubular or hollow articles
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B23—MACHINE TOOLS; METAL-WORKING NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • B23K—SOLDERING OR UNSOLDERING; WELDING; CLADDING OR PLATING BY SOLDERING OR WELDING; CUTTING BY APPLYING HEAT LOCALLY, e.g. FLAME CUTTING; WORKING BY LASER BEAM
    • B23K2101/00—Articles made by soldering, welding or cutting
    • B23K2101/36—Electric or electronic devices

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of welding technology, and in particular to a welding method, a welding device, a welding equipment and a battery cell.
  • the production efficiency requirements of batteries are getting higher and higher.
  • higher requirements are also put forward for the welding process in the battery production process.
  • the most important process in the battery welding process is the welding packaging of the shell and the end cover.
  • the electrode assembly with the end cover is installed in the shell, and then the periphery of the end cover is welded with the periphery of the shell opening, so that the shell and the end cover form a whole.
  • the welding efficiency of the end cover and the shell is low and cannot meet the higher production efficiency requirements.
  • the purpose of the embodiments of the present application is to provide a welding method, a welding device, a welding equipment and a battery cell, including but not limited to solving the problem of low welding efficiency of the end cover and the shell.
  • a welding method comprising the following steps:
  • the shell covered with the end cover is placed in a jig, wherein the jig is configured with a space-avoiding structure for exposing the area to be welded between the end cover and the shell, wherein the area to be welded includes a first section to be welded and a second section to be welded located on opposite sides of the end cover;
  • the jig is moved to the first welding station of the welding equipment, the first welding head of the welding equipment welds the first section to be welded through the air avoidance structure, and the second welding head of the welding equipment welds the second section to be welded through the air avoidance structure, wherein the first welding station is located between the first welding head and the second welding head.
  • the welding method of the embodiment of the present application first installs the shell covered with the end cover in the jig, and then moves the jig and the shell to the first welding station, at the same time, the first welding head and the second welding head are located on the opposite sides of the jig; then, the first welding head and the second welding head respectively weld the first section to be welded and the second section to be welded through the air avoidance structure, so as to realize the welding of the opposite sides of the end cover.
  • this welding method has high welding efficiency.
  • the area to be welded includes multiple sections to be welded, each section to be welded is correspondingly provided with a welding head, and the multiple sections to be welded are connected end to end in sequence to form an annular structure.
  • Two of the multiple sections to be welded are respectively the first section to be welded and the second section to be welded.
  • the welding head corresponding to the first section to be welded is the first welding head, and the welding head corresponding to the second section to be welded is the second welding head.
  • each welding head welds the corresponding section to be welded one by one, so that the full circle welding of the end cover and the shell can be completed, so that the end cover completely seals the internal space of the shell; in addition, the end cover and the shell are welded in sections by multiple welding heads, and the welding efficiency is high.
  • the welding directions of two welding heads corresponding to an opposite pair of sections to be welded among the plurality of sections to be welded are opposite.
  • the welding directions of the two welding heads corresponding to a pair of sections to be welded are opposite, so that the welding starting points and welding end points of the two sections to be welded in the pair of sections to be welded are distributed oppositely, which can reduce the risk of ending the welding at the same place and is conducive to improving the welding quality.
  • the welding start point of one of any two adjacent sections to be welded among the plurality of sections to be welded is connected to the welding end point of the other one.
  • the welding starting point of one of any two adjacent sections to be welded among multiple sections to be welded is connected to the welding end point of the other one, so that the welding end points of all the sections to be welded will not overlap, which is beneficial to improving the welding quality and improving the sealing performance between the end cover and the shell.
  • the welding directions of two welding heads corresponding to a pair of opposite sections to be welded among the multiple sections to be welded are the same.
  • the welding directions of two welding heads corresponding to a pair of relatively opposite sections to be welded among the multiple sections to be welded are the same, and the welding operation is simple and easy to implement.
  • At least one welding head welds the corresponding section to be welded along a first direction and then welds the corresponding section to be welded in a reverse direction.
  • the welding head welds the corresponding section to be welded along the first direction
  • one end is the welding starting point along the first direction
  • the other end is the welding starting point for reverse welding.
  • This can reduce the risk of the welding end points of two adjacent sections to be welded being located at the same place, thereby improving the welding quality.
  • the welding starting point is connected to the welding end point, the welding material at the welding starting point will accumulate in the molten pool at the welding end point, thereby improving the welding quality.
  • the section to be welded is configured with a stop welding position, and the welding head stops welding after welding from one end of the section to be welded along a first direction to the stop welding position, and then the welding head welds in the reverse direction to complete the welding of the unwelded area on the section to be welded.
  • the welding method of the embodiment of the present application makes one end of the section to be welded serve as the welding starting point of the welding head along the first direction, and the other end of the section to be welded serves as the welding starting point of the reverse welding. Both ends of the section to be welded are welding starting points, which can reduce the risk of the welding end points of two adjacent sections to be welded being located at the same place, which is beneficial to improving the welding quality.
  • reverse welding is continued.
  • reverse welding is continued, that is, welding is performed twice near the stop welding position to form two welds, and the two welds are stacked near the stop welding position. This can improve the welding quality of the two welds at their connection, which is beneficial to improving the overall welding quality of the section to be welded.
  • the area to be welded further includes a third section to be welded and a fourth section to be welded located on the other two opposite sides of the end cover;
  • the first section to be welded includes a first end and a second end that are oppositely disposed,
  • the second section to be welded includes a third end and a fourth end that are oppositely disposed,
  • the third section to be welded is connected between the first end and the third end, and the fourth section to be welded is connected between the second end and the fourth end;
  • the welding equipment further includes a third welding head and a fourth welding head, and a second welding station is formed between the third welding head and the fourth welding head;
  • the fixture is moved to the second welding station, the third welding head welds the third section to be welded through the air avoidance structure, and the fourth welding head welds the fourth section to be welded through the air avoidance structure.
  • the first welding head and the second welding head complete the welding of the end cover and the shell on two opposite sides
  • the third welding head and the fourth welding head complete the welding of the end cover and the shell on the other opposite sides.
  • the first welding head welds the first to-be-welded section along a distribution direction from the first end toward the second end, and the second welding head welds the second to-be-welded section along a distribution direction from the fourth end toward the third end;
  • the third welding head welds the third area to be welded along the distribution direction from the third end toward the first end
  • the fourth welding head welds the fourth area to be welded along the distribution direction from the second end toward the fourth end.
  • the first welding head is welded from the first end to the second end
  • the fourth welding head is welded from the second end to the fourth end
  • the second welding head is welded from the fourth end to the third end
  • the third welding head is welded from the third end to the fourth end, so that the first end, the second end, the third end and the fourth end are both the welding starting point of one welding head and the welding end point of another welding head, so that the welding process will not end at the same position, thereby reducing the risk of welding defects and helping to improve the welding quality.
  • the first welding head welds the first to-be-welded section along a distribution direction from the first end toward the second end, and the second welding head welds the second to-be-welded section along a distribution direction from the third end toward the fourth end;
  • the third welding head welds the third area to be welded along the distribution direction from the first end to the third end, and the fourth welding head welds the fourth section to be welded along the distribution direction from the second end to the fourth end.
  • the first welding head is welded from the first end to the second end
  • the second welding head is welded from the third end to the fourth end
  • the third welding head is welded from the first end to the third end
  • the fourth welding head is welded from the second end to the fourth end, thereby completing the full circle welding of the end cover and the shell
  • the welding direction of the first welding head is the same as the welding direction of the second welding head
  • the welding direction of the third welding head is the same as the welding direction of the fourth welding head, so the welding operation is simpler and easier to implement.
  • the second welding head welds the second to-be-welded section along the distribution direction from the third end to the fourth end and then Welding the second section to be welded in the reverse direction toward the fourth end;
  • the fourth welding head welds the fourth section to be welded along the distribution direction from the second end toward the fourth end and then welds the fourth section to be welded in the reverse direction toward the second end.
  • the welding material of the reverse welding will be accumulated at the fourth end, thereby reducing the risk of insufficient molten pool and improving the welding quality at the fourth end.
  • a welding device comprising a first welding head, a second welding head and a jig, wherein the jig is used to support a shell with an end cover, and the jig is configured with an air avoidance structure for exposing a to-be-welded area between the end cover and the shell;
  • a welding station is formed between the first welding head and the second welding head
  • the first welding head and the second welding head respectively weld the sections to be welded located at opposite sides of the end cover through the air avoidance structure.
  • the shell covered with the end cover is first fixed in a jig.
  • the first welding head and the second welding head are respectively located on the opposite sides of the shell covered with the end cover.
  • the first welding head and the second welding head respectively weld the sections to be welded on the opposite sides of the shell covered with the end cover. In this way, the simultaneous welding of the opposite sides of the shell covered with the end cover is achieved, thereby improving the welding efficiency.
  • the welding device further includes a first moving member, which is connected to the first welding head and is used to drive the first welding head to move relative to the fixture so that the first welding head welds the corresponding section to be welded;
  • the welding device also includes a second moving member, which is connected to the second welding head and is used to drive the second welding head to move relative to the fixture so that the second welding head welds the corresponding section to be welded.
  • the first movable member and the second movable member respectively drive the first welding head and the second welding head to move.
  • the overall structure of the welding device is simple and convenient to process and manufacture.
  • the welding device further comprises a clamping mechanism, which is located at the welding station and is used to clamp and fix the shell.
  • the clamping mechanism can realize the positioning of the shell, so that the first welding head and the second welding head can accurately weld the corresponding sections to be welded, thereby improving the welding accuracy.
  • the clamping mechanism includes a fixing plate and a first side plate and a second side plate connected to the fixing plate.
  • the first side plate, the second side plate and the fixing plate are jointly arranged to form a clamping groove, and the clamping groove is used to clamp the shell.
  • the welding device of the embodiment of the present application has a simple structure of the clamping mechanism, and the welding device is easy to manufacture and process.
  • the first side plate is located between the first welding head and the jig, and the second side plate is located between the second welding head and the jig.
  • the welding device of the embodiment of the present application can realize the positioning of the shell between the first welding head and the second welding head through the first side plate and the second side plate, so that the distance between the first welding head and the second welding head and the corresponding section to be welded is within a suitable range, and the welding quality is good.
  • the welding device further includes a moving mechanism, which is used to drive the jig to move so that the first welding head welds the corresponding section to be welded, and the second welding head welds the corresponding section to be welded.
  • the jig does not need to stop and can directly pass between the first welding head and the second welding head to achieve welding, which can greatly improve the welding efficiency; in addition, during the welding process, the first welding head and the second welding head are relatively still and do not need to move, which is also conducive to improving the accuracy of the welding position and improving the welding precision.
  • the moving mechanism includes a first conveyor belt assembly and a second conveyor belt assembly that are spaced apart, and the first conveyor belt assembly and the second conveyor belt assembly can clamp the shell and enable the shell to move under the conveyance of the first conveyor belt assembly and the second conveyor belt assembly.
  • the first conveyor belt assembly and the second conveyor belt assembly can clamp the shell and also play a positioning role for the shell, which is beneficial to improving the welding accuracy.
  • the fixture is constructed with a clamping plate and a receiving groove for receiving the shell with the end cover, the clamping plate is located at the opening of the receiving groove, and is pressed on the shell and pushes the shell toward the end cover to clamp and fix the end cover and the shell.
  • the pressing plate presses and fixes the shell on the shell, and the end cover and the shell can be stably fixed Fixed together, thus eliminating the need for pre-welding and improving welding efficiency;
  • a welding device comprising the above-mentioned welding device.
  • the welding equipment of the embodiment of the present application adopts the above-mentioned welding device, which has high welding efficiency and can also improve the welding efficiency of the welding equipment.
  • a welding apparatus includes a conveying device, a first welding device, and a second welding device;
  • the first welding device is a welding device, the welding station in the first welding device is a first welding station, and the first welding head in the first welding device and the second welding head in the first welding device can respectively weld the sections to be welded located on opposite sides of the end cover;
  • the second welding device is a welding device, the welding station in the second welding device is a second welding station, and the first welding head in the second welding device and the second welding head in the second welding device can respectively weld the sections to be welded located on the other two opposite sides of the end cover;
  • the conveying device can move the jig from the first welding station to the second welding station.
  • the welding equipment of the embodiment of the present application uses the first welding head and the second welding head in the first welding device to simultaneously weld the opposite sides of the end cover, and the first welding head and the second welding head in the second welding device to respectively weld the other opposite sides of the end cover, so the welding efficiency is high.
  • a battery cell in a fourth aspect, includes a shell and an end cover.
  • the end cover is covered on the shell.
  • the end cover and the shell are welded by the above-mentioned welding method.
  • the battery cell, end cover and shell of the embodiment of the present application are welded using the above-mentioned welding method, which has high welding efficiency, is beneficial to improving the production efficiency of the battery cell and reducing the production cost.
  • FIG1 is a schematic structural diagram of a vehicle provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a battery provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a battery cell provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 4 is an exploded schematic diagram of the battery cell shown in FIG. 3 .
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic structural diagram of a welding device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of welding at the first welding station in FIG. 5 .
  • FIG. 7 is a welding flow chart at the first welding station in FIG. 5 .
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of welding at the second welding station in FIG. 5 .
  • FIG. 9 is a welding flow chart of the second welding station in FIG. 5 .
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of a welding device provided in another embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of welding at the first welding station in FIG. 10 .
  • FIG. 12 is a welding flow chart of the first welding station in FIG. 11 .
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of welding at the second welding station in FIG. 11 .
  • FIG. 14 is a welding flow chart of the second welding station in FIG. 11 .
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic structural diagram of a welding device provided in an embodiment of the present application from one perspective.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic structural diagram of the welding device shown in FIG. 15 from another perspective.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic structural diagram of a welding device provided in another embodiment of the present application from one perspective.
  • FIG. 18 is a schematic structural diagram of the welding device shown in FIG. 17 from another perspective.
  • FIG. 19 is a schematic structural diagram of a welding device provided in yet another embodiment of the present application from one perspective.
  • FIG. 20 is a schematic structural diagram of the welding device shown in FIG. 20 from another perspective.
  • FIG. 21 is a schematic structural diagram of the first sub-jig in FIG. 17 from one perspective.
  • FIG. 22 is a schematic structural diagram of the first sub-jig in FIG. 17 from another perspective.
  • FIG. 23 is a schematic structural diagram of the first sub-jig in FIG. 17 from another viewing angle.
  • 100 welding device; 1001, welding station; 1002, welding head; 101, first welding head; 102, second welding head; 103, fixture; 1031, first sub-fixture; 10311, pressing plate; 10312, accommodating groove; 1032, avoidance structure; 10321, first avoidance sub-structure; 104, first moving member; 105, second moving member; 106, clamping mechanism; 1061, fixing plate; 1062, first side plate; 1063, second side plate; 1064, clamping groove; 107, moving mechanism; 1071, first conveyor belt assembly; 1072, second conveyor belt assembly; 108, first driving member; 109, second driving member; 110, third driving member; 111, fourth driving member;
  • 200 welding equipment; 210, conveying device; 220, first welding device; 230, second welding device; 231, third welding head; 232, fourth welding head; 2201, first welding station; 2202, first trimming station; 2203, transfer station; 2204, second welding station; 2205, second trimming station; 2206, assembly station.
  • first and second are used for descriptive purposes only and should not be understood as indicating or implying relative importance or implicitly indicating the number of the indicated technical features. Therefore, a feature defined as “first” or “second” may explicitly or implicitly include one or more of the features. In the description of this application, the meaning of “plurality” is two or more, unless otherwise clearly and specifically defined.
  • the terms “installed”, “connected”, “connected”, “fixed” and the like should be understood in a broad sense, for example, it can be a fixed connection, a detachable connection, or an integral connection; it can be a mechanical connection or an electrical connection; it can be a direct connection or an indirect connection through an intermediate medium, it can be the internal connection of two elements or the interaction relationship between two elements.
  • installed can be a fixed connection, a detachable connection, or an integral connection
  • it can be a mechanical connection or an electrical connection
  • it can be a direct connection or an indirect connection through an intermediate medium, it can be the internal connection of two elements or the interaction relationship between two elements.
  • a and/or B can mean: A exists alone, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists alone.
  • the terms “one embodiment”, “some embodiments”, “example”, “specific example”, or “some examples” etc. mean that the specific features, structures, materials or characteristics described in conjunction with the embodiment or example are included in at least one embodiment or example of the present application.
  • the schematic representations of the above terms do not necessarily refer to the same embodiment or example.
  • the specific features, structures, materials or characteristics described may be combined in any one or more embodiments or examples in a suitable manner.
  • those skilled in the art may combine and combine the different embodiments or examples described in this specification and the features of the different embodiments or examples, without contradiction.
  • the Z axis in the drawings represents the up and down direction
  • the positive direction of the Z axis represents the up direction
  • the Z axis represents the down direction
  • the negative direction of the Y-axis represents the front and back direction
  • the positive direction of the Y-axis represents the back
  • the negative direction of the Y-axis represents the front
  • the X-axis in the figure represents the left and right direction
  • the positive direction of the X-axis represents the right
  • the negative direction of the X-axis represents the left.
  • Batteries are not only used in energy storage power systems such as hydropower, thermal power, wind power and solar power stations, but also widely used in electric vehicles such as electric bicycles, electric motorcycles, electric cars, as well as military equipment and aerospace and other fields. With the continuous expansion of battery application areas, its market demand is also constantly expanding.
  • the production efficiency requirements of batteries are getting higher and higher.
  • higher requirements are also put forward for the welding process in the battery production process.
  • the most important process in the welding process of battery cells is the welding packaging of the shell and the end cover.
  • the electrode assembly with the end cover is installed in the shell, and then the periphery of the end cover is welded with the periphery of the shell opening, so that the shell and the end cover form a whole.
  • the welding efficiency of the end cover and the shell is low and cannot meet the higher production efficiency requirements.
  • the main reason for the low welding efficiency between the shell and the end cover is that during the welding process of the shell and the end cover, after the end cover is closed on the opening of the shell, the welding head needs to move around the end cover in a circle, so as to weld the periphery of the end cover and the periphery of the shell opening together.
  • This welding method has a long welding time and low welding efficiency, which limits the improvement of production efficiency and reduces the production efficiency of battery cells.
  • This welding method uses a first welding head and a second welding head to weld the shell and the end cover from opposite sides of the end cover respectively. Compared with the welding method using a circle, this welding method has high welding efficiency.
  • the welding method can also be applied to the welding between the end cap and the shell in other products;
  • the electric device can be but not limited to mobile phones, tablets, laptops, electric toys, electric tools, battery cars, electric cars, ships, spacecraft, etc.
  • electric toys can include fixed or mobile electric toys, such as game consoles, electric car toys, electric ship toys and electric airplane toys, etc.
  • spacecraft can include airplanes, rockets, space shuttles and spacecraft, etc.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a vehicle 1000 provided in some embodiments of the present application.
  • the vehicle 1000 may be a fuel vehicle, a gas vehicle or a new energy vehicle, and the new energy vehicle may be a pure electric vehicle, a hybrid vehicle or an extended-range vehicle, etc.
  • a battery 1100 is provided inside the vehicle 1000, and the battery 1100 may be provided at the bottom, head or tail of the vehicle 1000.
  • the battery 1100 may be used to power the vehicle 1000, for example, the battery 1100 may be used as an operating power source for the vehicle 1000.
  • the vehicle 1000 may also include a controller 1200 and a motor 1300, and the controller 1200 is used to control the battery 1100 to power the motor 1300, for example, for the starting, navigation and working power requirements of the vehicle 1000 during driving.
  • the battery 1100 can not only serve as the operating power source of the vehicle 1000, but also serve as the driving power source of the vehicle 1000, replacing or partially replacing fuel or natural gas to provide driving power for the vehicle 1000.
  • the battery 1100 includes a box 10 and a battery cell 20 , and the battery cell 20 is contained in the box 10 .
  • the box 10 is used to provide a storage space for the battery cell 20 , and the box 10 can adopt a variety of structures.
  • the box 10 can include a first part 11 and a second part 12 , the first part 11 and the second part 12 cover each other, and the first part 11 and the second part 12 jointly define a storage space for accommodating the battery cell 20 .
  • the second part 12 can be a hollow structure with one end open, the first part 11 can be a plate-like structure, and the first part 11 covers the open side of the second part 12 , so that the first part 11 and the second part 12 jointly define a storage space; the first part 11 and the second part 12 can also be hollow structures with one side open, and the open side of the first part 11 covers the open side of the second part 12.
  • the box 10 formed by the first part 11 and the second part 12 can be in a variety of shapes, such as a cylinder, a cuboid, etc.
  • the battery 1100 there may be a plurality of battery cells 20 , and the plurality of battery cells 20 may be connected in series, in parallel, or in mixed connection.
  • Mixed connection means that the plurality of battery cells 20 may be connected in series or in parallel.
  • multiple battery cells 20 can be directly connected in series, in parallel, or in mixed connection.
  • the battery 1100 is composed of a plurality of battery cells 20 connected in series, in parallel or in mixed connection to form a battery module, and the plurality of battery modules are then connected in series, in parallel or in mixed connection to form a whole, and contained in the box 10.
  • the battery 1100 may also include other structures, for example, the battery 1100 may also include a busbar component for realizing electrical connection between the plurality of battery cells 20.
  • Each battery cell 20 may be a secondary battery or a primary battery, or a lithium-sulfur battery, a sodium-ion battery, or a magnesium-ion battery, but is not limited thereto.
  • the battery cell 20 may be flat, rectangular, or in other shapes.
  • the battery 1100 may not include the housing 10, but may be assembled into an electrical device by electrically connecting a plurality of battery cells 20 and forming a whole with necessary fixing structures.
  • Figure 3 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a battery cell 20 provided in some embodiments of the present application
  • Figure 4 is a schematic diagram of the exploded structure of a battery cell 20 provided in some embodiments of the present application.
  • a battery cell 20 refers to the smallest unit that constitutes a battery.
  • a battery cell 20 includes a housing 21, an end cap 22, an electrode assembly 23, and other functional components.
  • the end cap 22 refers to a component that covers the opening of the shell 21 to isolate the internal environment of the battery cell 20 from the external environment.
  • the shape of the end cap 22 can be adapted to the shape of the shell 21 to match the shell 21.
  • the end cap 22 can be made of a material with a certain hardness and strength (such as aluminum alloy), so that the end cap 22 is not easily deformed when squeezed and collided, so that the battery cell 20 can have a higher structural strength and the safety performance can also be improved.
  • Functional components such as electrode terminals 221 can be provided on the end cap 22. The electrode terminal 221 can be used to electrically connect with the electrode assembly 23 for outputting or inputting electrical energy of the battery cell 20.
  • the end cap 22 can also be provided with a pressure relief mechanism 222 for releasing the internal pressure when the internal pressure or temperature of the battery cell 20 reaches a threshold.
  • the material of the end cap 22 can also be a variety of materials, such as copper, iron, aluminum, stainless steel, aluminum alloy, plastic, etc., and the embodiment of the present application does not impose any special restrictions on this.
  • an insulating member may be provided inside the end cap 22, and the insulating member may be used to isolate the electrical connection components in the housing 21 from the end cap 22 to reduce the risk of short circuit.
  • the insulating member may be plastic, rubber, or the like.
  • the shell 21 is a component used to cooperate with the end cap 22 to form the internal environment of the battery cell 20, wherein the formed internal environment can be used to accommodate the electrode assembly 23, the electrolyte and other components.
  • the shell 21 and the end cap 22 can be independent components, and an opening can be set on the shell 21, and the internal environment of the battery cell 20 is formed by covering the opening with the end cap 22 at the opening.
  • the end cap 22 and the shell 21 can form a common connection surface before other components are put into the shell, and when the interior of the shell 21 needs to be encapsulated, the end cap 22 covers the shell 21.
  • the shell 21 can be of various shapes and sizes, such as a rectangular parallelepiped, a hexagonal prism, etc.
  • the shape of the shell 21 can be determined according to the specific shape and size of the electrode assembly 23.
  • the material of the shell 21 can be various, such as copper, iron, aluminum, stainless steel, aluminum alloy, plastic, etc., and the embodiment of the present application does not impose any special restrictions on this.
  • the electrode assembly 23 is a component in the battery cell 20 where electrochemical reactions occur.
  • One or more electrode assemblies 23 may be included in the housing 21.
  • the electrode assembly 23 includes a positive electrode, a negative electrode, and a separator.
  • active ions such as lithium ions
  • the separator is arranged between the positive electrode and the negative electrode, which can reduce the short circuit between the positive and negative electrodes and allow active ions to pass through.
  • the positive electrode may be a positive electrode sheet, and the positive electrode sheet may include a positive electrode current collector and a positive electrode active material disposed on at least one surface of the positive electrode current collector.
  • the negative electrode may be a negative electrode sheet, and the negative electrode sheet may include a negative electrode current collector and a negative electrode active material disposed on at least one surface of the negative electrode current collector.
  • the separator is a separator.
  • the present application has no particular limitation on the type of separator, and any known separator with a porous structure having good chemical stability and mechanical stability can be selected.
  • the electrode assembly 23 is a wound structure.
  • the positive electrode sheet and the negative electrode sheet are wound into a wound structure.
  • the electrode assembly 23 is a laminate structure.
  • a welding method comprising the following steps:
  • the housing 21 covered with the end cap 22 is placed in the fixture 103.
  • the fixture 103 is configured with a plurality of end caps 22 and housing 21.
  • the area to be welded 24 is exposed to avoid air in the space between the end caps 22, and the area to be welded 24 includes a first section to be welded 241 and a second section to be welded 242 located on opposite sides of the end cap 22;
  • the jig 103 is moved to the first welding station 2201 of the welding equipment 200, the first welding head 101 of the welding equipment 200 welds the first section to be welded 241 through the air avoidance structure, and the second welding head 102 of the welding equipment 200 welds the second section to be welded 242 through the air avoidance structure, wherein the first welding station 2201 is located between the first welding head 101 and the second welding head 102.
  • the jig 103 refers to a component for accommodating and fixing the shell 21 covered with the end cover 22.
  • the shell 21 covered with the end cover 22 is relatively fixed to the shell 21 in the jig 103, so as to facilitate subsequent welding operations.
  • the welding device 200 refers to a device capable of welding the end cover 22 and the shell 21 together, wherein the welding device 200 may be a laser welding device, an electric welding device, a gas welding device, or the like.
  • the first welding head 101 refers to an executive component in the welding device 200 for implementing welding
  • the second welding head 102 refers to another executive component in the welding device 200 for implementing welding; for example, as shown in Figure 5, the first welding head 101 and the second welding head 102 can be laser welding heads.
  • the first welding head 101 and the second welding head 102 can also be electric welding heads, etc., which can be set according to actual welding needs and are not limited here.
  • the shell 21 is covered with an end cover 22. It can be understood that the end cover 22 is covered on the opening of the shell 21, and the periphery of the end cover 22 and the periphery of the opening of the shell 21 need to be welded in a circle, so that the end cover 22 and the shell 21 are connected as a whole.
  • the internal space formed by the end cover 22 and the shell 21 can also be sealed; wherein, the shape of the end cover 22 is adapted to the shape of the opening of the shell 21, so that the opening of the shell 21 can be completely closed; the shape of the end cover 22 can be a regular shape such as a triangle, a quadrilateral, a pentagon, etc., and of course it can also be an irregular shape, which is not limited here; for example, as shown in Figures 3 and 4, the end cover 22 can be the end cover 22 in the battery cell 20, and the shell 21 can be the shell 21 in the battery cell 20. After the end cover 22 and the shell 21 are covered and welded together, sealing can be achieved to reduce the risk of leakage.
  • the shape of the end cover 22 is a rectangle, and the shell 21 is a cuboid.
  • the area to be welded 24 between the end cover 22 and the shell 21 refers to the connection area between the end cover 22 and the shell 21.
  • the area to be welded 24 refers to the area formed by the periphery of the end cover 22 and the periphery of the opening of the shell 21 and which needs to be welded
  • the first section to be welded 241 refers to the area section of the area to be welded 24 located on one side of the end cover 22
  • the second section to be welded 242 refers to the area section of the area to be welded 24 located on the other side of the end cover 22, and the first section to be welded 241 and the second section to be welded 242 are located on opposite sides of the end cover 22;
  • the first section to be welded 241 may refer to the area that needs to be welded at one side of one side of the end cover 22, and similarly, the second section to be welded 242 may refer to the area that needs to be welded at one side of the other side of the end cover 22.
  • the first section to be welded 241 refers to the area section that needs to be welded at the long side of the rear side of the end cover 22
  • the second section to be welded 242 refers to the area section that needs to be welded at the long side of the front side of the end cover 22.
  • the air avoidance structure refers to a structure that allows the welding area 24 to be exposed.
  • the air avoidance structure is a through hole opened on both sides of the fixture 103; for another example, as shown in Figures 21 to 23, the air avoidance structure is an opening located on the front and rear sides of the accommodating groove 10312.
  • it can also be other structures, which are not limited here.
  • the jig 103 is moved to the first welding station 2201 of the welding equipment 200. It can be understood that the jig 103 can be moved to the first welding station 2201 manually or by the conveying device 210, but is not limited to.
  • the first welding station 2201 refers to a position between the first welding head 101 and the second welding head 102, and the jig 103 can be moved to this position. For example, as shown in Figures 5 and 7, when the jig 103 is located at the first welding station 2201, the first welding head 101 and the first section to be welded 241 are located on the same side of the jig 103, and the second welding head 102 and the second section to be welded 24 are located on the other side of the jig 103.
  • the first welding head 101 of the welding equipment 200 welds the first section to be welded 241 through the air avoidance structure
  • the second welding head 102 of the welding equipment 200 welds the second section to be welded 242 through the air avoidance structure.
  • the first welding head 101 and the second welding head 102 can be moved relative to the jig 103 so that the first welding head 101 welds the first section to be welded 241 through the air avoidance structure, and the second welding head 102 welds the second section to be welded 242 through the air avoidance structure.
  • the first welding head 101 and the second welding head 102 are moved relative to the jig 103 . It can be understood that the first welding head 101 can be moved relative to the jig 103 , and the second welding head 102 can also be moved relative to the jig 103 .
  • the welding position of the first welding head 101 in the first section to be welded 241 changes, thereby welding the entire section of the first section to be welded 241 together; for example, as shown in FIG. 5 and FIG. 7 , the first welding head 101 moves from left to right along the long side of the rear side of the end cover 22 relative to the fixture 103, thereby welding the end cover
  • the long side portion of the rear side of 22 and the long side portion of the rear side of the opening of the shell 21 are welded together, thereby completing the welding of the first section to be welded 241.
  • the first welding head 101 can move relative to the jig 103.
  • the first welding head 101 can move and the jig 103 can be fixed; the first welding head 101 can be fixed and the jig 103 can move; or the first welding head 101 and the jig 103 can move at the same time, but there is a speed difference between the two, so that the first welding head 101 can move relative to the jig 103.
  • the welding position of the second welding head 102 in the second section to be welded 242 changes, thereby welding the entire section of the second section to be welded 242 together; for example, as shown in Figures 5 and 7, the second welding head 102 moves from right to left relative to the jig 103 along the long side of the front side of the end cover 22, thereby welding the long side of the front side of the end cover 22 and the long side of the front side of the opening of the shell 21 together, thereby completing the welding of the second section to be welded 242.
  • the second welding head 102 can move relative to the jig 103.
  • the second welding head 102 can move and the jig 103 can be fixed; the second welding head 102 can be fixed and the jig 103 can move; or the second welding head 102 and the jig 103 can move at the same time, but there is a speed difference between the two, so that the second welding head 102 can move relative to the jig 103.
  • the shell 21 covered with the end cover 22 is first installed in the jig 103, and then the jig 103 and the shell 21 are moved to the first welding station 2201.
  • the first welding head 101 and the second welding head 102 are located on opposite sides of the jig 103; thereafter, the first welding head 101 and the second welding head 102 respectively weld the first section to be welded 241 and the second section to be welded 242 through the air avoidance structure, thereby realizing the welding of the opposite sides of the end cover 22.
  • this welding method has a high welding efficiency.
  • the welding method provided is that the area to be welded 24 includes a plurality of sections to be welded 240, each section to be welded 240 is correspondingly provided with a welding head 1002, and the plurality of sections to be welded 240 are sequentially connected end to end to enclose a ring structure, two of the plurality of sections to be welded 240 are respectively a first section to be welded 241 and a second section to be welded 242, the welding head 1002 corresponding to the first section to be welded 241 is a first welding head 101, and the welding head 1002 corresponding to the second section to be welded 242 is a second welding head 102.
  • the welding head 1002 refers to an executive component in the welding equipment 200 for implementing welding; for example, as shown in FIG. 5 , the welding head 1002 may be a laser welding head. Of course, in other embodiments, the welding head 1002 may also be an electric welding head, etc. It can be set according to actual welding needs and is not limited here.
  • the section to be welded 240 refers to a region section in the area to be welded 24 located on one side of the end cover 22 .
  • a plurality of sections 240 to be welded are connected end to end in sequence to form an annular structure, and each section 240 to be welded is correspondingly provided with a welding head 1002.
  • a plurality of sections 240 to be welded are connected end to end in sequence to form an annular structure, that is, the periphery of the end cover 22 and the periphery of the opening of the shell 21 form the annular structure, and the annular structure is divided into a plurality of sections 240 to be welded, and the welding heads 1002 are arranged one-to-one with the sections 240 to be welded, that is, each welding head 1002 welds the corresponding section 240 to be welded one-to-one, so that the full circle welding of the end cover 22 and the shell 21 can be completed, so that the end cover 22 completely seals the internal space of the shell 21; in addition, the end cover 22 and the shell 21 are welded in sections by a plurality of welding heads 1002, and the welding efficiency is high.
  • two adjacent sections 240 to be welded in the area 24 to be welded are welded at the same position, so that a welding problem of insufficient molten pool may occur at the end of welding.
  • the welding method provided is that two welding heads 1002 corresponding to a pair of opposite sections 240 to be welded among the plurality of sections 240 to be welded have opposite welding directions.
  • the welding direction of the welding head 1002 refers to the direction in which the welding position moves during the welding of the to-be-welded section 240 by the welding head 1002 , and may also refer to the direction in which the welding head 1002 moves relative to the fixture 103 .
  • One of the two welding heads 1002 corresponding to a pair of relatively connected sections 240 to be welded among the multiple sections 240 to be welded can refer to the direction indicated by the hollow arrow located on the rear side in Figure 6, that is, welding from left to right, and the other welding head 1002 can refer to the direction indicated by the hollow arrow located on the front side in Figure 6, that is, welding from right to left.
  • the welding directions of the two welding heads 1002 corresponding to a pair of sections to be welded 240 are opposite, so that the welding starting points and welding end points of the two sections to be welded in the pair of sections to be welded 240 are distributed oppositely, which can reduce the risk of ending the welding at the same place and is conducive to improving the welding quality.
  • the welding method provided includes a plurality of sections to be welded 240
  • the welding start point of one of any two adjacent sections 240 to be welded is connected to the welding end point of the other one.
  • the welding start point refers to the position where welding starts
  • the welding end point refers to the position where welding ends
  • the welding starting point of one of any two adjacent sections 240 to be welded among the multiple sections 240 to be welded is connected to the welding end point of the other one, so that the welding end points of all the sections 240 to be welded will not overlap, which is beneficial to improving the welding quality and improving the sealing performance between the end cover 22 and the shell 21.
  • the welding directions of all welding heads 1002 can form a clockwise or counterclockwise ring, thereby obtaining a structure in which the welding starting point of one of any two adjacent sections 240 to be welded among the above-mentioned multiple sections 240 to be welded is connected to the welding end point of the other one.
  • the welding method provided is such that two welding heads 1002 corresponding to a pair of opposite sections 240 to be welded among the plurality of sections 240 to be welded have the same welding direction.
  • the welding direction of one of the two welding heads 1002 corresponding to a pair of relatively connected sections 240 to be welded among the multiple sections 240 to be welded can be referred to the direction indicated by the hollow arrow located on the rear side and on the left in Figure 11, that is, welding from left to right, and the welding direction of the other welding head can be referred to the direction indicated by the hollow arrow located on the rear side and on the left in Figure 11, that is, welding from left to right.
  • two welding heads 1002 corresponding to a pair of relatively welded sections 240 among the plurality of welded sections 240 have the same welding direction, and the welding operation is simple and easy to implement.
  • the welding method provided is shown in combination with FIGS. 10 to 14 , wherein at least one welding head 1002 welds the corresponding section 240 to be welded along a first direction and then welds the corresponding section 240 to be welded in the reverse direction.
  • the first direction refers to the welding direction of the to-be-welded section 240 corresponding to the welding head 1002.
  • the first direction may be the direction shown by welding from one end of the to-be-welded section 240 to the other end of the to-be-welded section 240; it should be noted that the first directions of different welding heads 1002 are different, which are specifically determined according to the shape of the corresponding to-be-welded section 240.
  • the first direction can refer to the direction indicated by the hollow arrow located at the rear side and on the left in FIG. 11, that is, welding from left to right;
  • the reverse welding direction of the welding head can refer to the direction indicated by the hollow arrow located at the rear side and on the right in FIG. 11, that is, welding from right to left.
  • the welding head 1002 welds the corresponding section to be welded 240 along the first direction, and then reversely welds the section to be welded 240.
  • one end of the two ends of the section to be welded 240 is the welding starting point along the first direction, and the other end is the welding starting point of the reverse welding.
  • This can reduce the risk of the welding end points of two adjacent sections to be welded 240 being located at the same place, thereby improving the welding quality.
  • the welding starting point is connected to the welding end point, the welding material at the welding starting point will accumulate in the molten pool at the welding end point, thereby improving the welding quality.
  • a welding method in which the section to be welded 240 is configured with a stop welding position, and the welding head 1002 stops welding after welding from one end of the section to be welded 240 along a first direction to the stop welding position, and the welding head 1002 then welds in the opposite direction to complete the welding of the unwelded area on the section to be welded 240.
  • the stop welding position refers to the position where the welding head 1002 stops welding in the process of welding the corresponding to-be-welded section 240 along the first direction, such as shown in FIG. 11 , and the position shown by I in FIG. 11 can be referred to.
  • the welding head 1002 welds from one end of the section to be welded 240 along the first direction to the stop welding position
  • the welding head 1002 passes over the other end of the section to be welded 240
  • the welding head 1002 reversely welds to the stop welding position.
  • the welding head 1002 reversely welds the unwelded area on the section to be welded 240.
  • This welding method allows one end of the section to be welded 240 to be used as the welding starting point for the welding head to weld along the first direction, and the other end of the section to be welded to be used as the welding starting point for reverse welding.
  • Both ends of the section to be welded 240 are welding starting points, which can reduce the risk of the welding end points of two adjacent sections to be welded 240 being located at the same place, which is beneficial to improving the welding quality.
  • the welding head 1002 stops welding in advance before completing the welding section 240 so that the welding head 1002 can slow down in advance to prepare for the reverse movement of the welding head 1002.
  • a reverse welding command can also be issued to the welding head 1002 in advance, thereby improving the welding efficiency.
  • the welding method provided is that after the welding head 1002 reversely welds to the stop welding position, reverse welding is continued.
  • the reverse welding is continued, that is, welding is performed twice near the stop welding position to form two welds, and the two welds are stacked near the stop welding position, so that the two welds can be improved.
  • the welding quality of the seam at its connection is beneficial to improving the overall welding quality of the section 240 to be welded.
  • the welding method is provided, the area to be welded 24 further includes a third section to be welded 243 and a fourth section to be welded 244, the third section to be welded 243 and the fourth section to be welded 244 are located on the other two opposite sides of the end cover 22,
  • the first section to be welded 241 includes a first end and a second end that are arranged oppositely
  • the second section to be welded 242 includes a third end and a fourth end that are arranged oppositely
  • the third section to be welded 243 is connected between the first end and the third end;
  • the fourth section to be welded 244 is connected between the second end and the fourth end;
  • the welding device 200 further includes a third welding head 231 and a fourth welding head 232, and a second welding station 2204 is formed between the third welding head 231 and the fourth welding head 232;
  • the fixture 103 is moved to the second welding station 2204 , the third welding head 231 welds the third section to be welded 243 through the air-avoiding structure, and the fourth welding head 232 welds the fourth section to be welded 244 through the air-avoiding structure.
  • the first end refers to one of the two ends relatively set in the first section to be welded 241, and is the connection between the first section to be welded 241 and the third section to be welded 243; for example, as shown in Figures 6 and 7, the first end is located at the corner of the left rear side of the end cover 22, and the corner of the left rear side of the end cover 22 is arc-shaped, so that the first welding head 101 and the third welding head 231 will both weld the first end.
  • the second end refers to the other end of the two oppositely arranged ends in the first section to be welded 241, and is the connection between the first section to be welded 241 and the fourth section to be welded 244; for example, as shown in Figures 6 and 7, the second end is located at the corner of the right rear side of the end cover 22, and the corner of the right rear side of the end cover 22 is arc-shaped, so that the first welding head 101 and the fourth welding head 232 will both weld the second end.
  • the third end refers to one of the two ends relatively arranged in the second section to be welded 242, and is the connection point between the second section to be welded 242 and the third section to be welded 243; for example, as shown in Figures 6 and 7, the third end is located at the corner of the left front side of the end cover 22, and the corner of the left front side of the end cover 22 is arc-shaped, so that the third welding head 231 and the second welding head 102 will both weld the third end.
  • the fourth end refers to the other end of the second section to be welded 242 that is relatively set, and is the connection between the second section to be welded 242 and the fourth section to be welded 244; for example, as shown in Figures 6 and 7, the fourth end is located at the corner of the right front side of the end cover 22, and the corner of the right front side of the end cover 22 is arc-shaped, so that the fourth welding head 232 and the second welding head 102 will both weld the fourth end.
  • the third section to be welded 243 refers to a region in the area to be welded 24 that is located on one side of the first section to be welded 241 and connected between the first end and the third end
  • the fourth section to be welded 244 refers to a region in the area to be welded 24 that is located on the other side of the first section to be welded 241 and connected between the second end and the fourth end
  • the first section to be welded 241, the second section to be welded 242, the third section to be welded 243 and the fourth section to be welded 244 are connected end to end to form an annular structure and are arranged outside the end cover 22; wherein the third section to be welded 243 and the fourth section to be welded 244 may refer to regions that need to be welded at one side of the end cover 22, which are specifically determined according to the shape of the end cover 22 and are not limited here; for example, as shown in FIG.
  • the third section to be welded 243 refers to a region that needs to be welded at the long side on the left side of the end cover 22, and the fourth section to be welded 244 refers to a region that needs to be welded at the long side on the right side of the end cover 22.
  • the third welding head 231 refers to an executive component in the welding equipment 200 for implementing welding
  • the fourth welding head 232 refers to another executive component in the welding equipment 200 for implementing welding; for example, as shown in Figure 5, the third welding head 231 and the fourth welding head 232 can be laser welding heads.
  • the third welding head 231 and the fourth welding head 232 can also be electric welding heads, etc., which can be set according to actual welding needs and are not limited here.
  • the jig 103 is moved to the second welding station 2204. It can be understood that the jig 103 can be moved to the second welding station 2204 by manual or conveying device 210, but is not limited to.
  • the second welding station 2204 refers to a position between the third welding head 231 and the fourth welding head 232, and the jig 103 can be moved to this position. For example, as shown in Figures 5 and 9, when the jig 103 is located at the second welding station 2204, the third welding head 231 and the third section to be welded 243 are located on the same side of the jig 103, and the fourth welding head 232 and the fourth section to be welded 24 are located on the other side of the jig 103.
  • the third welding head 231 welds the third section to be welded 243 through the air avoidance structure
  • the fourth welding head 232 welds the fourth section to be welded 244 through the air avoidance structure; for example, the third welding head 231 and the fourth welding head 232 are moved relative to the fixture 103 so that the third welding head 231 welds the third section to be welded 243 through the air avoidance structure, and the fourth welding head 232 welds the fourth section to be welded 244 through the air avoidance structure.
  • the third welding head 231 and the fourth welding head 232 are moved relative to the jig 103 . It can be understood that the third welding head 231 can be moved relative to the jig 103 , and the fourth welding head 232 can be moved relative to the jig 103 .
  • the third welding head 231 is in the third welding section 243
  • the welding position changes, so that the entire section of the third section to be welded 243 is welded together.
  • the third welding head 231 moves from front to back along the short side of the left side of the end cover 22 relative to the jig 103, and the short side of the left side of the end cover 22 is welded together with the short side of the left side of the opening of the shell 21, thereby completing the welding of the third section to be welded 243.
  • the third welding head 231 can move relative to the jig 103.
  • the third welding head 231 can move while the jig 103 is fixed; the third welding head 231 can be fixed while the jig 103 moves; or the third welding head 231 and the jig 103 can move at the same time, but there is a speed difference between the two, so that the third welding head 231 can move relative to the jig 103.
  • the welding position of the fourth welding head 232 in the fourth section 244 to be welded changes, so that the entire fourth section 244 to be welded can be welded together.
  • the fourth welding head 232 moves from back to front relative to the jig 103 along the short side of the right side of the end cover 22, and welds the short side of the left side of the end cover 22 to the short side of the left side of the opening of the shell 21, thereby completing the welding of the third section 243 to be welded.
  • the fourth welding head 232 can move relative to the jig 103.
  • the fourth welding head 232 can move and the jig 103 can be fixed; the fourth welding head 232 can be fixed and the jig 103 can move; or the fourth welding head 232 and the jig 103 can move at the same time, but there is a speed difference between the two, so that the fourth welding head 232 can move relative to the jig 103.
  • the jig 103 is moved to the second welding station 2204, and at the same time, the third welding head 231 and the fourth welding head 232 are respectively located on the opposite sides of the jig 103; then, the third welding head 231 and the third welding head 231 are moved relative to the jig 103 and the third welding head 231 and the fourth welding head 232 are opened, so that the third welding head 231 and the fourth welding head 232 respectively weld the third section to be welded 243 and the fourth section to be welded 244 through the air avoidance structure, thereby completing the welding of the other two opposite sides of the end cover 22 and the shell 21.
  • the welding of the opposite sides of the end cover 22 and the shell 21 is completed at the first welding head 101 and the second welding head 102, and the welding of the other two opposite sides of the end cover 22 and the shell 21 is completed at the third welding head 231 and the fourth welding head 232, so that the full circle welding of the end cover 22 and the shell 21 can be completed, so that the end cover 22 completely seals the internal space of the shell 21.
  • the full circle welding of the end cover 22 and the shell 21 can be divided into two steps.
  • the first step is to weld the end cover 22 and the two opposite sides of the shell 21, and the second step is to weld the other two opposite sides of the end cover 22 and the shell 21.
  • the welding difficulty is small and the welding efficiency can be further improved.
  • the section to be welded 240 may refer to a section of the section to be welded 24 located at the rear long side of the end cover 22, i.e., the first section to be welded 241; it may also refer to a section of the section to be welded 24 located at the front long side of the end cover 22, i.e., the second section to be welded 242; it may also refer to a section of the section to be welded 24 located at the left short side of the end cover 44, i.e., the third section to be welded 243; it may also refer to a section of the section to be welded 24 located at the right short side of the end cover 22, i.e., the fourth section to be welded 244; in this case, It should be noted that the first welding head 101 welds the area segment located at the long side of the rear side of the end cover 22, that is, the first section to be welded 241; the second welding head 102 welds the area segment located at the long
  • the welding method provided is that the first welding head 101 has a first end position and a second end position, and the first section to be welded 241 is located between the first end position and the second end position; during the process of the first welding head 101 welding the first section to be welded 241, the first welding head 101 is turned on and moves from the first end position toward the second end position, and starts to weld the first section to be welded 241 after reaching a preset welding speed of the first welding head 101, and the preset welding speed of the first welding head 101 is used.
  • the first welding head 101 stops moving after moving to the second end position; and/or the second welding head 102 has a third end position and a fourth end position, and the second welding section 242 is located between the third end position and the fourth end position; during the process of the second welding head 102 welding the second welding section 242, the second welding head 102 is turned on and moves from the third end position toward the fourth end position, and starts welding the second welding section 242 after reaching the preset welding speed of the second welding head 102, and the second welding head 102 is used to weld the second welding section 242. 102 at a preset welding speed to weld the second section to be welded 242; when the second welding head 102 moves to the fourth end position, it stops moving.
  • the first welding head 101 has a first end position and a second end position, and the first section to be welded 241 is located between the first end position and the second end position; in the process of welding the first section to be welded 241 by the first welding head 101, the first welding head 101 is turned on and moves from the first end position toward the second end position, and starts to weld the first section to be welded 241 after reaching the preset welding speed of the first welding head 101, and welds the first section to be welded 241 at the preset welding speed of the first welding head 101; the first welding head 101 stops moving after moving to the second end position; wherein the first end position and the second end position are respectively the opposite two end points of the moving path of the first welding head 101, and the first welding head 101 moves between the first end position and the second end position; as shown in example 6, the moving path of the first welding head 101 is the path shown by the hollow arrow located on the rear side, the first end position is the starting point of the hollow arrow located on the rear side,
  • the first section to be welded 241 is located between the first end point and the second end point; it can be understood that the first end point and the second end point are located on opposite sides of the first section to be welded 241.
  • the distance between the first end point and the left side surface of the end cover 22 is L1
  • the distance between the second end point and the right side surface of the end cover 22 is L2.
  • the first welding head 101 is turned on and moves from the first end position toward the second end position, and starts to weld the first section to be welded 241 after reaching the preset welding speed of the first welding head 101, and welds the first section to be welded 241 at the preset welding speed of the first welding head 101; the first welding head 101 stops moving after moving to the second end position; that is, the first welding head 101 needs to move a certain distance before moving from the first end position to start welding the first section to be welded 241, and the first welding head 101 can use the movement of this distance to gradually accelerate to the preset welding speed, and then continue to weld the first section to be welded 241 at the preset welding speed 41, thus reducing the risk of welding defects caused by the acceleration of the first welding head 101, which is beneficial to improving the welding quality at the end of the first section to be welded 241 (i.e., the corner of the end cover 22); in addition, after welding the
  • the preset welding speed of the first welding head 101 refers to the moving speed that the first welding head 101 needs to reach during the welding of the end cover 22 and the shell 21; among them, the preset welding speed of the first welding head 101 can be selected according to the actual welding needs and is not limited here.
  • the first welding head 101 is a laser welding head. After the first welding head 101 moves L1 from the first end point, the first welding head 101 reaches a preset welding speed and then starts to weld the first section to be welded 241. After welding the first section to be welded 241, the first welding head 101 continues to move toward the second end point by decelerating by L2 and then stops. At this time, the first welding head 101 is located at the second end point.
  • This welding method enables the first section to be welded 241 to have good welding quality, which is beneficial to reducing welding defects and improving the yield rate.
  • the preset welding speed of the first welding head 101 is greater than or equal to 300 mm/s, and the numerical range of L1 and the numerical range of L2 are 0 to 40 mm.
  • This setting can greatly improve the welding efficiency of the end cover 22 and the shell 21 and improve production capacity; optionally, the numerical range of L1 and the numerical range of L2 are 17 mm to 20 mm.
  • the second welding head 102 has a third end position and a fourth end position, and the second section to be welded 242 is located between the third end position and the fourth end position; during the process of the second welding head 102 welding the second section to be welded 242, the second welding head 102 is turned on and moves from the third end position toward the fourth end position, and starts welding the second section to be welded 242 after reaching the preset welding speed of the second welding head 102, and welds the second section to be welded 242 at the preset welding speed of the second welding head 102; the second welding head 102 stops moving after moving to the fourth end position.
  • the third end position and the fourth end position are the two opposite end points on the moving path of the second welding head 102, respectively, and the second welding head 102 moves between the third end position and the fourth end position; as shown in example 6, the moving path of the second welding head 102 is located at the hollow on the front side.
  • the third endpoint is the starting point of the hollow arrow located on the front side, that is, the position shown by arrow C;
  • the fourth endpoint is the end point of the hollow arrow located on the front side, that is, the position shown by arrow D.
  • the second section to be welded 242 is located between the third endpoint and the fourth endpoint; it can be understood that the third endpoint and the fourth endpoint are located on the opposite sides of the second section to be welded 242.
  • the distance between the third endpoint and the right side surface of the end cover 22 is L3
  • the distance between the fourth endpoint and the left side surface of the end cover 22 is L4.
  • the second welding head 102 is turned on and moves from the third end position toward the fourth end position, and starts to weld the second section to be welded 242 after reaching the preset welding speed of the second welding head 102, and welds the second section to be welded 242 at the preset welding speed of the second welding head 102; the second welding head 102 stops moving after moving to the fourth end position.
  • the second welding head 102 needs to move a certain distance before moving from the third end position to start welding the second section to be welded 242.
  • the second welding head 102 can use the moving time of this distance to gradually accelerate to the preset welding speed, thereby reducing the risk of welding defects caused by the acceleration of the welding speed of the second welding head 102 and the unstable welding state, and then the second section to be welded 242 is welded at the preset welding speed.
  • the second welding head 102 can slow down after a certain distance until it stops at the fourth end position, so that the second welding head 102 can always maintain the preset welding speed for welding without slowing down during the welding of the second section to be welded 242, and then slow down after welding the second section to be welded 242, which can reduce the risk of welding defects caused by the deceleration of the second welding head 102, and is conducive to improving the welding quality at the end of the second section to be welded 242 (i.e. the corner of the end cover 22).
  • the preset welding speed of the second welding head 102 refers to the moving speed that the welding head needs to reach during the welding of the end cover 22 and the shell 21, and the preset welding speed of the second welding head 102 can be selected according to the actual welding needs and is not limited here.
  • the second welding head 102 is a laser welding head. After the second welding head 102 moves L3 from the third end point, the second welding head 102 reaches a preset welding speed and then starts to weld the second section to be welded 242. After welding the second section to be welded 242, the second welding head 102 continues to move toward the fourth end point by slowing down by L4 and then stops. At this time, the second welding head 102 is located at the fourth end point.
  • This welding method enables the second section to be welded 242 to have good welding quality, which is beneficial to reducing welding defects and improving the yield rate.
  • the preset welding speed of the second welding head 102 is greater than or equal to 300 mm/s, and the numerical range of L3 and the numerical range of L4 are 0 to 40 mm.
  • This setting can greatly improve the welding efficiency of the end cover 22 and the shell 21 and improve production capacity; optionally, the numerical range of L3 and the numerical range of L4 are 17 mm to 20 mm.
  • the first welding head 101 has a first end position and a second end position, and the first section to be welded 241 is located between the first end position and the second end position; during the process of welding the first section to be welded 241 by the first welding head 101, the first welding head 101 is turned on and moves from the first end position toward the second end position, and starts welding the first section to be welded 241 after reaching a preset welding speed of the first welding head 101, and welds the first section to be welded 241 at the preset welding speed of the first welding head 101; when the first welding head 101 moves to the second end position, it stops Move; and/or, the second welding head 102 has a third end position and a fourth end position, and the second section to be welded 242 is located between the third end position and the fourth end position; during the process of welding the second section to be welded 242 by the second welding head 102, the second welding head 102 is turned on and moves from the third end position toward the fourth end position, and starts welding the second section
  • the welding method provided is that the third welding head 231 has a fifth end position and a sixth end position, and the third section to be welded 243 is located between the fifth end position and the sixth end position; during the process of the third welding head 231 welding the third section to be welded 243, the third welding head 231 is turned on and moves from the fifth end position toward the sixth end position, and welding starts after reaching a preset welding speed of the third welding head 231.
  • the third section to be welded 243 is welded at the preset welding speed of the third welding head 231; the third welding head 231 stops moving after moving to the sixth end position; and/or the fourth welding head 232 has a seventh end position and an eighth end position, and the fourth section to be welded 244 is located between the seventh end position and the eighth end position; in the process of the fourth welding head 232 welding the fourth section to be welded 244, the fourth welding head 232 is turned on and moves from the seventh end position toward the eighth end position, and starts welding the fourth section to be welded 244 after reaching the preset welding speed of the fourth welding head 232, and welds the fourth section to be welded 244 at the preset welding speed of the fourth welding head 232; the fourth welding head 232 stops moving after moving to the eighth end position.
  • the third welding head 231 is constructed with a fifth end position and a sixth end position, and the third section to be welded 243 is located between the fifth end position and the sixth end position; in the process of the third welding head 231 welding the third section to be welded 243, the third welding head 231 is opened and moves from the fifth end position toward the sixth end position, and starts welding the third section to be welded 243 when the preset welding speed of the third welding head 231 is reached, and welds the third section to be welded 243 at the preset welding speed of the third welding head 231; the third welding head 231 stops moving after moving to the sixth end position; wherein the fifth end position and the sixth end position are the opposite two end points of the moving path of the third welding head 231, respectively, and the third welding head 231 moves between the fifth end position and the sixth end position; as shown in example 8, the moving path of the third welding head 231 is the path shown by the hollow arrow on the left, the fifth end position is the starting point of the hollow arrow on
  • the third section to be welded 243 is located between the fifth endpoint position and the sixth endpoint position; it can be understood that the fifth endpoint position and the sixth endpoint position are located on the opposite sides of the third section to be welded 243.
  • the distance between the fifth endpoint position and the front side surface of the end cover 22 is L5
  • the distance between the sixth endpoint position and the rear side surface of the end cover 22 is L6.
  • the third welding head 231 is turned on and moves from the fifth end position toward the sixth end position, and starts welding the third section to be welded 243 after reaching the preset welding speed of the third welding head 231, and welds the third section to be welded 243 at the preset welding speed of the third welding head 231; the third welding head 231 stops moving after moving to the sixth end position; that is, the third welding head 231 needs to move a certain distance before moving from the fifth end position to start welding the third section to be welded 243, and the third welding head 231 can use this distance to gradually reach the preset welding speed, and then continue to weld at the preset welding speed
  • the third section to be welded 243 can reduce the risk of welding defects caused by the acceleration of the third welding head 231, which is conducive to improving the welding quality at the end of the third section to be welded 243 (i.e., the corner of the end cover 22); in addition, after welding the third section to
  • the preset welding speed of the third welding head 231 refers to the moving speed that the third welding head 231 needs to reach during the welding of the end cover 22 and the shell 21; among them, the preset welding speed of the third welding head 231 can be selected according to the actual welding needs and is not limited here.
  • the third welding head 231 is a laser welding head. After the third welding head 231 moves L5 from the fifth end point, the third welding head 231 reaches a preset welding speed and then starts to weld the third section to be welded 243. After welding the third section to be welded 243, the third welding head 231 continues to move toward the sixth end point at a decelerated speed of L6 and then stops. At this time, the third welding head 231 is located at the sixth end point.
  • This welding method can make the third section to be welded 243 have good welding quality, which is beneficial to reduce welding defects and improve the yield rate.
  • the preset welding speed of the third welding head 231 is greater than or equal to 300 mm/s, and the numerical range of L5 and the numerical range of L6 are 0 to 40 mm.
  • This setting can greatly improve the welding efficiency of the end cover 22 and the shell 21 and improve production capacity; optionally, the numerical range of L5 and the numerical range of L6 are 17 mm to 20 mm.
  • the fourth welding head 232 has a seventh end position and an eighth end position, and the fourth section to be welded 244 is located between the seventh end position and the eighth end position; during the process of welding the fourth section to be welded 244 by the fourth welding head 232,
  • the fourth welding head 232 is turned on and moves from the seventh end position toward the eighth end position, and starts to weld the fourth section 244 to be welded after reaching the preset welding speed of the fourth welding head 232, and welds the fourth section 244 to be welded at the preset welding speed of the fourth welding head 232; the fourth welding head 232 stops moving after moving to the eighth end position.
  • the seventh end position and the eighth end position are the two opposite ends of the moving path of the fourth welding head 232, and the fourth welding head 232 moves between the seventh end position and the eighth end position; as shown in Figure 8, the moving path of the fourth welding head 232 is the path shown by the hollow arrow on the right side, the seventh end position is the starting point of the hollow arrow on the right side, that is, the position shown by arrow G; the eighth end position is the end point of the hollow arrow on the right side, that is, the position shown by arrow H.
  • the fourth section to be welded 244 is located between the seventh endpoint position and the eighth endpoint position; it can be understood that the seventh endpoint position and the eighth endpoint position are located on the opposite sides of the fourth section to be welded 244.
  • the distance between the seventh endpoint position and the rear side surface of the end cover 22 is L7
  • the distance between the eighth endpoint position and the front side surface of the end cover 22 is L8.
  • the fourth welding head 232 is opened and moves from the seventh end position toward the eighth end position, and starts to weld the fourth section to be welded 244 after reaching the preset welding speed of the fourth welding head 232, and welds the fourth section to be welded 244 at the preset welding speed of the fourth welding head 232; the fourth welding head 232 stops moving after moving to the eighth end position. That is to say, the fourth welding head 232 needs to move a certain distance from the seventh end position to start welding the fourth section to be welded 244.
  • the fourth welding head 232 can use this distance to gradually accelerate to reach the preset welding speed, and then continue to weld the fourth section to be welded 244 at the preset welding speed. This can reduce the risk of welding defects caused by the acceleration of the fourth welding head 232, which is beneficial to improving the welding quality at the end of the fourth section to be welded 244 (i.e., the corner of the end cover 22); in addition, after welding the fourth section to be welded 244, the fourth welding head 232 can decelerate after a certain distance until it stops after the eighth end position.
  • the fourth welding head 232 does not need to decelerate during the process of welding the fourth section to be welded 244, and can always maintain the preset welding speed for welding, and decelerate again after welding the fourth section to be welded 244. This can reduce the risk of welding defects caused by the deceleration of the fourth welding head 232, which is beneficial to improving the welding quality at the end of the fourth section to be welded 244 (i.e., the corner of the end cover 22).
  • the preset welding speed of the fourth welding head 232 refers to the moving speed that the fourth welding head 232 needs to reach during the welding process of the end cover 22 and the shell 21; among them, the preset welding speed of the fourth welding head 232; can be selected according to actual welding needs and is not limited here.
  • the fourth welding head 232 is a laser welding head. After the fourth welding head 232 moves L7 from the fifth end point, the fourth welding head 232 reaches a preset welding speed and then starts to weld the fourth section to be welded 244. After welding the fourth section to be welded 244, the fourth welding head 232 continues to move toward the eighth end point by slowing down L8 and then stops. At this time, the fourth welding head 232 is located at the eighth end point.
  • This welding method can make the fourth section to be welded 244 have good welding quality, which is beneficial to reduce welding defects and improve the yield rate.
  • the preset welding speed of the fourth welding head 232 is greater than or equal to 300 mm/s, and the numerical range of L7 and the numerical range of L8 are 0 to 40 mm.
  • This setting can greatly improve the welding efficiency of the end cover 22 and the shell 21 and improve production capacity; optionally, the numerical range of L7 and the numerical range of L8 are 17 mm to 20 mm.
  • the third welding head 231 has a fifth end position and a sixth end position, and the third section to be welded 243 is located between the fifth end position and the sixth end position; during the process of the third welding head 231 welding the third section to be welded 243, the third welding head 231 is turned on and moves from the fifth end position toward the sixth end position, and starts welding the third section to be welded 243 after reaching a preset welding speed of the third welding head 231, and welds the third section to be welded 243 at the preset welding speed of the third welding head 231; when the third welding head 231 moves to the sixth end position, it stops Move; and/or, the fourth welding head 232 has a seventh end position and an eighth end position, and the fourth section to be welded 244 is located between the seventh end position and the eighth end position; during the process of the fourth welding head 232 welding the fourth section to be welded 244, the fourth welding head 232 is turned on and moves from the seventh end position toward the eighth end position, and starts welding the fourth
  • two adjacent sections 240 to be welded in the area 24 to be welded are welded at the same position, so that a welding problem of insufficient molten pool may occur at the end of welding.
  • a moving direction of the first welding head 101 relative to the fixture 103 is opposite to a moving direction of the second welding head 102 relative to the fixture 103 .
  • the moving direction of the first welding head 101 relative to the fixture 103 may be, for example, the positive direction of the X axis as shown in FIG6 ; the moving direction of the second welding head 102 relative to the fixture 103 may be, for example, the negative direction of the X axis as shown in FIG6 .
  • other directions are also possible in other embodiments, which are not limited here.
  • the moving direction of the first welding head 101 relative to the jig 103 is opposite to the moving direction of the second welding head 102 relative to the jig 103.
  • the welding starting point and the welding end point of the first section to be welded 241 are opposite to the welding starting point and the welding end point of the second section to be welded 242. This can reduce the risk of ending the welding at the same place, which is beneficial to improving the welding quality.
  • a moving direction of the third welding head 231 relative to the jig 103 is opposite to a moving direction of the fourth welding head 232 relative to the jig 103 .
  • the moving direction of the third welding head 231 relative to the fixture 103 may be, for example, the positive direction of the Y axis as shown in FIG8 ; the moving direction of the fourth welding head 232 relative to the fixture 103 may be, for example, the negative direction of the Y axis as shown in FIG8 .
  • other directions may be possible in other embodiments, which are not limited here.
  • the moving direction of the third welding head 231 relative to the jig 103 is opposite to the moving direction of the fourth welding head 232 relative to the jig 103.
  • the welding starting point and ending position of the third section to be welded 243 are opposite to the welding starting point and ending position of the fourth section to be welded 244. This can reduce the risk of ending the welding at the same place, which is beneficial to improving the welding quality.
  • a welding method in which the first welding head 101 welds the first section to be welded 241 along the distribution direction from the first end toward the second end relative to the jig 103, and the second welding head 102 welds the second section to be welded 242 along the distribution direction from the fourth end toward the third end; the third welding head 231 welds the third section to be welded 243 along the distribution direction from the third end toward the first end, and the fourth welding head 232 welds the fourth section to be welded 244 along the distribution direction from the second end toward the fourth end.
  • the first welding head 101 welds the first section to be welded 241 along the distribution direction from the first end toward the second end relative to the jig 103.
  • the distribution direction from the first end toward the second end can refer to the direction indicated by the hollow arrow on the rear side shown in Figure 6, that is, the first welding head 101 moves from left to right for welding.
  • the second welding head 102 welds the second section to be welded 242 along the distribution direction from the fourth end toward the third end; for example, in combination with Figures 5, 6 and 7, the distribution direction from the fourth end toward the third end can refer to the direction indicated by the hollow arrow on the front side shown in Figure 6, that is, the second welding head 102 moves from right to left for welding.
  • the third welding head 231 welds the third section to be welded 243 along the distribution direction from the third end toward the first end.
  • the distribution direction along the third end toward the first end can refer to the direction indicated by the hollow arrow on the left side shown in Figure 8, that is, the third welding head 231 moves from front to back for welding.
  • the fourth welding head 232 welds the fourth to-be-welded section 244 along the distribution direction from the second end toward the fourth end.
  • the distribution direction from the second end toward the fourth end can refer to the direction indicated by the hollow arrow on the right side shown in FIG8, that is, the fourth welding head 232 moves from the back to the front to weld.
  • the first welding head 101 is welded from the first end to the second end
  • the fourth welding head 232 is welded from the second end to the fourth end
  • the second welding head 102 is welded from the fourth end to the third end
  • the third welding head 231 is welded from the third end to the fourth end, so that the first end, the second end, the third end and the fourth end are both the welding starting point of one welding head and the welding end point of another welding head, so that the welding process will not end at the same position, thereby reducing the risk of welding defects and helping to improve the welding quality.
  • the moving directions of the first welding head 101, the second welding head 102, the third welding head 231 and the fourth welding head 232 can form a ring that indicates clockwise rotation.
  • the ring can also indicate counterclockwise rotation.
  • the moving directions of the first welding head 101, the second welding head 102, the third welding head 231 and the fourth welding head 232 can be set according to actual needs.
  • a moving direction of the first welding head 101 relative to the fixture 103 is the same as a moving direction of the second welding head 102 relative to the fixture 103 .
  • the moving direction of the first welding head 101 relative to the fixture 103 may be, for example, the X direction shown in Figure 11; the moving direction of the second welding head 102 relative to the fixture 103 may be, for example, the X direction shown in Figure 11.
  • other directions may be possible in other embodiments, which are not limited here.
  • the moving direction of the first welding head 101 relative to the fixture 103 is the same as the moving direction of the second welding head 102 relative to the fixture 103, and the welding operation is simple and easy to implement.
  • a moving direction of the third welding head 231 relative to the jig 103 is the same as a moving direction of the fourth welding head 232 relative to the jig 103 .
  • the moving direction of the third welding head 231 relative to the fixture 103 may be, for example, the Y direction shown in Figure 13; the moving direction of the fourth welding head 232 relative to the fixture 103 may be, for example, the Y direction shown in Figure 13.
  • other directions may be possible in other embodiments, which are not limited here.
  • the moving direction of the third welding head 231 relative to the fixture 103 is the same as the moving direction of the fourth welding head 232 relative to the fixture 103, and the welding operation is simple and easy to implement.
  • a welding method is provided, wherein the first welding head 101 welds the first section to be welded 241 along the distribution direction from the first end toward the second end, and the second welding head 102 welds the second section to be welded 242 along the distribution direction from the third end toward the fourth end; the third welding head 231 welds the third section to be welded 243 along the distribution direction from the first end toward the third end, and the fourth welding head 232 welds the fourth section to be welded 244 along the distribution direction from the second end toward the fourth end.
  • the first welding head 101 welds the first to-be-welded section 241 along the distribution direction from the first end toward the second end, as shown in FIG. 11 .
  • the distribution direction from the first end toward the second end can refer to the direction indicated by the hollow arrow located at the rear and left side in FIG. 11 .
  • the second welding head 102 welds the second to-be-welded section 242 along the distribution direction from the third end toward the fourth end; for example, as shown in FIG. 11 , the distribution direction from the third end toward the fourth end can refer to the direction indicated by the hollow arrow located at the front and left side in FIG. 11 .
  • the third welding head 231 welds the third to-be-welded section 243 along the distribution direction from the first end toward the third end, as shown in FIG. 13 .
  • the distribution direction from the first end toward the third end can be referred to the direction indicated by the hollow arrow located on the left and rear in FIG. 13 .
  • the fourth welding head 232 welds the fourth to-be-welded section 244 along the distribution direction from the second end toward the fourth end as shown in FIG. 13 .
  • the distribution direction along the second end toward the fourth end can be referred to as indicated by the hollow arrow on the right and rear in FIG. 13 .
  • the first welding head 101 is welded from the first end to the second end
  • the second welding head 102 is welded from the third end to the fourth end
  • the third welding head 231 is welded from the first end to the third end
  • the fourth welding head 232 is welded from the second end to the fourth end, thereby completing the full circle welding of the end cover 22 and the shell 21;
  • the welding direction of the first welding head 101 is the same as the welding direction of the second welding head 102
  • the welding direction of the third welding head 231 is the same as the welding direction of the fourth welding head 232, so the welding operation is simpler and easier to implement.
  • the second welding head 102 and the fourth welding head 232 both end welding at the fourth end, which may cause a welding defect of insufficient molten pool at the fourth end.
  • the welding method provided is that the second welding head 102 welds the second to-be-welded section 242 along the distribution direction from the third end toward the fourth end and then welds the second to-be-welded section 242 in the reverse direction toward the fourth end;
  • the fourth welding head 232 welds the fourth to-be-welded section 244 along the distribution direction from the second end toward the fourth end and then welds the fourth to-be-welded section 244 in the reverse direction toward the second end.
  • the fourth welding head 232 welds the fourth to-be-welded section 244 along a distribution direction from the second end toward the fourth end and then welds the fourth to-be-welded section 244 in the reverse direction toward the second end.
  • the distribution direction from the second end toward the fourth end can refer to the direction indicated by the hollow arrow located on the right and near the back in FIG. 13, that is, the welding is moved from the back to the front.
  • the welding direction of the fourth welding head 232 in the opposite direction toward the second end can refer to the direction indicated by the hollow arrow located on the right and near the front in FIG. 13, that is, the welding is moved from the front to the back.
  • the fourth end is used as the welding starting point for the reverse movement of the fourth welding head 232, so that the welding material of the reverse welding will be accumulated at the fourth end, reducing Reduce the risk of insufficient molten pool and improve the welding quality at the fourth end.
  • a welding method in which a first stop welding position is constructed in the fourth section 244 to be welded, and the first stop welding position is located between the second end and the fourth end; when the fourth welding head 232 is welded to the first stop welding position, the fourth welding head 232 is closed; when the fourth welding head 232 decelerates and passes the fourth end, the fourth welding head 232 is opened again and moves in the opposite direction toward the second end and welds to the first stop welding position.
  • the first stop welding position refers to the position where the fourth welding head 232 stops welding in the process of welding from the second end to the fourth end.
  • the fourth welding head 232 moves from the position indicated by the arrow G along the hollow arrow located on the right and rear in the figure, wherein when the fourth welding head 232 moves to the end point of the hollow arrow, the welding position of the fourth welding head 232 is the first stop welding position, which can be referred to as the position shown by M in Figure 13.
  • the fourth welding head 232 when the fourth welding head 232 is welded to the first stop welding position, the fourth welding head 232 is closed; when the fourth welding head 232 decelerates and passes the fourth end, the fourth welding head 232 is opened again and moves in the reverse direction toward the second end and welds to the first stop welding position; after the fourth welding head 232 has not completed welding the fourth section to be welded 244, the welding is stopped in advance, and then the fourth welding head 232 is used to decelerate and move and pass the fourth end, and then move in the reverse direction to weld the unwelded area on the fourth section to be welded 244, so that the welding of the fourth section to be welded 244 is completed.
  • this welding method makes the fourth end serve as the welding starting point for the reverse welding of the fourth welding head 232, so that the welding stop positions of the second welding head 102 and the fourth welding head 232 will not be at the fourth end at the same time, which is beneficial to improving the welding quality at the fourth end; in addition, during this welding process, the fourth welding head 232 stops welding and slows down in advance before welding the fourth section to be welded 244, so that it can prepare for the reverse movement of the fourth welding head 232 and slow down in advance, and can also send a reverse welding command to the fourth welding head 232 in advance, thereby improving the welding efficiency.
  • a welding method in which the fourth welding head 232 continues to move toward the second end for welding after reverse welding to the first stop welding position.
  • the fourth welding head 232 after the fourth welding head 232 is reversely welded to the first stop welding position, it continues to move toward the second end for welding, that is, it is welded twice near the first stop welding position to form two welds, and the two welds are stacked near the first stop welding position.
  • This can improve the welding quality of the two welds at their connection, which is beneficial to improving the overall welding quality of the fourth section 244 to be welded.
  • the welding method provided is that the third welding head 231 moves from the first end to the third end and then moves back toward the first end.
  • the moving direction of the third welding head 231 from the first end to the third end can refer to the direction indicated by the hollow arrow located on the left and near the back in FIG. 11, that is, moving from the back to the front.
  • the moving direction of the third welding head 231 toward the first end can refer to the direction indicated by the hollow arrow located on the left and near the front in FIG. 11, that is, moving from the front to the back.
  • the welding starting point of the second welding head 102 and the reverse welding starting point of the third welding head 231 intersect at the third end, which is beneficial to improving the welding quality at the third end.
  • a welding method in which a second stop welding position is constructed in the third section 243 to be welded, and the second stop welding position is located at the first end and the third end; when the third welding head 231 is welded to the second stop welding position, the third welding head 231 is closed; when the third welding head 231 passes the third end, the third welding head 231 is opened again and moves in the opposite direction toward the first end and welded to the second stop welding position.
  • the second stop welding position refers to the position where the third welding head 231 stops welding in the process of welding from the first end to the third end.
  • the third welding head 231 moves from the position indicated by the arrow E along the hollow arrow located on the left and back in the figure, wherein when the third welding head 231 moves to the end point of the hollow arrow, the welding position of the third welding head 231 is the second stop welding position, which can be referred to as the position shown by K in Figure 13.
  • the third welding head 231 when the third welding head 231 is welded to the second stop welding position, the third welding head 231 is closed; when the fourth welding head 232 decelerates and passes the third end, the third welding head 231 is opened again and moves in the reverse direction toward the first end and welds to the second stop welding position; after the third welding head 231 has not welded the third section to be welded 243, the welding is stopped in advance, and then the third welding head 231 is used to decelerate and move and pass the third end, and then move in the reverse direction to weld the unwelded area on the third section to be welded 243, so that the welding of the third section to be welded 243 is completed; and in this process, the third welding head 231 The welding head 231 stops welding and slows down in advance before welding the third section to be welded 243. This can prepare for the reverse movement of the third welding head 231 and slow down in advance. A reverse welding command can also be issued to the third welding head 231 in advance,
  • a welding method in which the third welding head 231 is reversely welded to the second stop welding position and then continues to move toward the first end for welding.
  • the third welding head 231 after the third welding head 231 is reversely welded to the second stop welding position, it continues to move toward the first end for welding, that is, it is welded twice near the second stop welding position to form two welds, and the two welds are stacked near the second stop welding position.
  • This can improve the welding quality of the two welds at their connection, which is beneficial to improving the overall welding quality of the third section 243 to be welded.
  • the second welding head 102 welds the second section to be welded 242 along the distribution direction from the third end toward the fourth end and then welds the second section to be welded 242 in the reverse direction toward the fourth end.
  • the distribution direction from the third end toward the fourth end can refer to the direction indicated by the hollow arrow located at the front and left in FIG. 11, that is, the welding is moved from left to right.
  • the welding direction of the second welding head 102 toward the third end can refer to the direction indicated by the hollow arrow located at the front and right in FIG. 11, that is, the welding is moved from right to left.
  • the fourth end serves as the welding starting point for the reverse movement of the second welding head 102.
  • the welding material of the reverse welding will accumulate at the fourth end, reducing the risk of insufficient molten pool and improving the welding quality at the fourth end.
  • a welding method in which a third stop welding position is constructed in the second section 242 to be welded, and the third stop welding position is located between the third end and the fourth end; when the second welding head 102 is welded to the third stop welding position, the second welding head 102 is closed; when the second welding head 102 passes the fourth end, the second welding head 102 is opened again and moves in the opposite direction toward the third end and welds to the third stop welding position.
  • the third stop welding position refers to the position where the second welding head 102 stops welding in the process of welding from the third end to the fourth end.
  • the second welding head 102 moves from the position indicated by the arrow C along the hollow arrow located on the front and left side of the figure, wherein when the second welding head 102 moves to the end point of the hollow arrow, the welding position of the second welding head 102 is the third stop welding position, which can be referred to as the position shown by J in Figure 13.
  • the second welding head 102 when the second welding head 102 is welded to the third stop welding position, the second welding head 102 is closed; when the second welding head 102 decelerates and passes the fourth end, the fourth welding head 232 is opened again and moves in the reverse direction toward the third end and welds to the third stop welding position; after the second welding head 102 has not welded the second section to be welded 242, the welding is stopped in advance, and then the second welding head 102 is decelerated and moved to pass the fourth end, and then the unwelded area on the second section to be welded 242 is moved in the reverse direction, so that the welding of the second section to be welded 242 is completed.
  • this welding method makes the fourth end serve as the welding starting point for the reverse welding of the second welding head 102, so that the welding stop positions of the second welding head 102 and the fourth welding head 232 will not be at the fourth end at the same time, which is beneficial to improving the welding quality at the fourth end; in addition, during this welding process, the second welding head 102 stops welding and slows down in advance before completing the welding of the second section to be welded 242, so that it can prepare for the reverse movement of the second welding head 102 and slow down in advance, and can also send a reverse welding command to the second welding head 102 in advance, thereby improving the welding efficiency.
  • the welding method provided is that after the second welding head 102 reversely welds to the third stop welding position, it continues to move toward the third end for welding.
  • the second welding head 102 after the second welding head 102 is reversely welded to the third stop welding position, it continues to move toward the third end for welding, that is, it is welded twice near the third stop welding position to form two welds, and the two welds are stacked near the third stop welding position.
  • This can improve the welding quality of the two welds at their connection, which is beneficial to improving the overall welding quality of the second section 242 to be welded.
  • the welding method provided is that the first welding head 101 moves from the first end to the second end and then moves in the opposite direction toward the first end.
  • the moving direction of the first welding head 101 from the first end to the second end can refer to the direction indicated by the hollow arrow located at the rear side and on the left in FIG. 11, that is, moving from left to right.
  • the moving direction of the first welding head 101 toward the first end can refer to the direction indicated by the hollow arrow located at the rear side and on the right in FIG. 11, that is, moving from right to left.
  • the welding starting point of the fourth welding head 232 and the reverse welding starting point of the first welding head 101 intersect at the second end, which is beneficial to improving the welding quality at the second end.
  • a welding method in which a fourth stop welding position is constructed in the first section 241 to be welded, and the fourth stop welding position is located between the first end and the second end; when the first welding head 101 is welded to the fourth stop welding position, the first welding head 101 is closed; when the first welding head 101 passes the second end, the first welding head 101 is opened again and moves in the opposite direction toward the first end and welds to the fourth stop welding position.
  • the fourth stop welding position refers to the position where the first welding head 101 stops welding in the process of welding from the first end to the second end.
  • the first welding head 101 moves from the position indicated by arrow A along the hollow arrow located at the rear and left side of the figure, wherein when the first welding head 101 moves to the end point of the hollow arrow, the welding position of the first welding head 101 is the fourth stop welding position, which can be referred to the position shown as I in Figure 11.
  • the first welding head 101 when the first welding head 101 welds to the fourth stop welding position, the first welding head 101 is closed; when the first welding head 101 decelerates and passes the second end, the first welding head 101 is opened again and moves in the reverse direction toward the first end and welds to the fourth stop welding position; after the first welding head 101 has not completed welding the first section to be welded 241, the welding is stopped in advance, and then, after the first welding head 101 decelerates and moves and passes the second end, it moves in the reverse direction to weld the unwelded area on the first section to be welded 241, thus completing the welding of the first section to be welded 241; and in this process, the first welding head 101 stops welding and decelerates in advance before welding the first section to be welded 241, so that the deceleration can be prepared for the reverse movement of the first welding head 101 in advance, and a reverse welding command can also be issued to the first welding head 101 in advance, thereby improving the welding efficiency.
  • the welding method provided is that after the first welding head 101 reversely welds to the fourth stop welding position, it continues to move toward the first end for welding.
  • the first welding head 101 after the first welding head 101 is reversely welded to the fourth stop welding position, it continues to move toward the first end for welding, that is, it is welded twice near the fourth stop welding position to form two welds, and the two welds are stacked near the fourth stop welding position.
  • This can improve the welding quality of the two welds at their connection, which is beneficial to improving the overall welding quality of the first section 241 to be welded.
  • the second welding head 102 welds the second to-be-welded section 242 along the distribution direction from the third end toward the fourth end and then welds the second to-be-welded section 242 in the reverse direction toward the fourth end;
  • the fourth welding head 232 welds the fourth to-be-welded section 244 along the distribution direction from the second end toward the fourth end and then welds the fourth to-be-welded section 244 in the reverse direction toward the second end.
  • the welding material of the reverse welding will be accumulated at the fourth end, thereby reducing the risk of insufficient molten pool and improving the welding quality at the fourth end.
  • the welding method provided is that the welding equipment 200 has a transfer station 2203, the fixture 103 includes a first sub-fixture 1031 and a second sub-fixture for supporting the shell 21 covered with the end cover 22, and the first sub-fixture 1031 is constructed with a first space-avoiding substructure 10321 on opposite sides, and the two first space-avoiding substructures 10321 are respectively exposed to the first section 241 to be welded and the second section 242 to be welded, and the second sub-fixture is constructed with a second space-avoiding substructure on opposite sides, and the two second space-avoiding substructures are respectively exposed to the third section 243 to be welded and the fourth section 244 to be welded; before welding the first section 241 to be welded and the second section 242 to be welded, the shell 21 covered with the end cover 22 is placed on the first The first sub-jig 1031 is then moved into the first welding station 2201, the first welding head 101 welds the first section
  • the first sub-jig 1031 refers to a jig 103 that can load the housing 21 covered with the end cover 22 and can be used in the first welding station 2201.
  • the first sub-jig 1031 has first air-avoiding sub-structures 10321 on opposite sides.
  • the avoidance substructure 10321 exposes the first section 241 to be welded and the second section 242 to be welded, respectively, so that the first welding head 101 and the second welding head 102 pass through the first avoidance substructure 10321 to achieve welding of the first section 241 to be welded and the second section 242 to be welded; for example, as shown in Figures 15 and 16, the two first avoidance substructures 10321 are respectively through holes opened on opposite sides of the first sub-jig 1031; for another example, as shown in Figures 21 to 23, the two first avoidance substructures 10321 are respectively openings on the left and right sides of the accommodating groove 10312 in the first sub-jig 1031.
  • the second sub-jig refers to a jig 103 that can be loaded with a housing 21 covered with an end cap 22 and can be used in the second welding station 2204.
  • the second sub-jig is provided with a second air-avoiding sub-structure on both sides of the second sub-jig.
  • the two second air-avoiding sub-structures are respectively exposed to the third section 243 to be welded and the fourth section 244 to be welded, so that the third welding head and the fourth welding head 232 pass through the second air-avoiding sub-structure to achieve the welding of the third section 243 to be welded and the fourth section 244 to be welded;
  • the structures of the first sub-jig 1031 and the second sub-jig can be the same, but the difference is that when the housing 21 loaded with the end cap 22 is installed in the second sub-jig, the two second air-avoiding sub-structures on the second sub-jig are exposed to the third section 243 to be welded and the fourth section 244 to be welded.
  • the structures of the first sub-jig 1031 and the second sub-jig can also be different, and the specific ones can be selected according to actual needs, and are not limited here.
  • the transfer station 2203 is a position where the housing 21 covered with the end cover 22 is moved from the first sub-jig 1031 to the second sub-jig.
  • the jig 103 needs to completely expose the area to be welded 24 around the end cover 22 and the shell 21, so the jig 103 needs to be divided into two completely disconnected parts. At the same time, the jig 103 must also be able to fix the shell 21 with the end cover 22 covered, which is difficult to achieve using only one jig 103.
  • the shell 21 with the end cover 22 covered is first installed in the first sub-jig 1031, and the first section to be welded 241 and the second section to be welded 24 2 is exposed through the corresponding first avoidance substructure 10321; then, the first sub-jig 1031 is moved to the first welding station 2201, and the first welding head 101 welds the first to-be-welded section 241 through the corresponding first avoidance substructure 10321, and the second welding head 102 welds the second to-be-welded section 242 through the corresponding first avoidance substructure 10321; after the welding of the first to-be-welded section 241 and the second to-be-welded section 242 is completed, the first sub-jig 103 1 is moved to the transfer station 2203, and then the shell 21 of the end cover 22 is moved from the first sub-jig 1031 into the second sub-jig, and the third section to be welded 243 and the fourth section to be welded 24
  • the welding device 200 may not be provided with the transfer station 2203, and the fixture 103 is a component, and the fixture 103 can expose the entire area to be welded 24, which is not limited here.
  • the welding device 200 further has a first trimming station 2202 ;
  • the first sub-jig 1031 moves out of the first welding station 2201 and before moving into the transfer station 2203, the first sub-jig 1031 is moved to the first trimming station 2202 to perform trimming on the first weld structure formed in the first section to be welded 241 and the second weld structure formed in the second section to be welded 242.
  • the first trimming station 2202 refers to a position for trimming the first weld structure formed in the first section to be welded 241 and the second weld structure formed in the second section to be welded 242. It can be understood that the welding equipment 200 includes a first trimming device, and the first trimming device performs trimming on the first weld structure formed in the first section to be welded 241 and the second weld structure formed in the second section to be welded 242. Among them, the first trimming device is any common weld trimming device currently on the market, and will not be described in detail here.
  • a first weld structure is formed in the first welding section 241, and a second weld structure is formed in the second welding section 242; then, the first sub-jig 1031 is moved to the first trimming station 2202, and then, the first weld structure and the second weld structure are trimmed.
  • the trimming process is performed to grind off the portions of the first weld structure and the second weld structure that protrude outside the end cover 22 and the shell 21, so that the end cover 22 and the shell 21 have good appearance quality and the risk of damage to other components can be reduced.
  • the welding equipment 200 also has a second trimming station 2205; after welding the third section to be welded 243 and the fourth section to be welded 244, the second sub-jig is moved to the second trimming station 2205, and the third weld structure formed in the third section to be welded 243 and the fourth weld structure formed in the fourth section to be welded 244 are trimmed.
  • the second trimming station 2205 refers to a position for trimming the third weld structure formed in the third section to be welded 243 and the fourth weld structure formed in the fourth section to be welded 244. It can be understood that the welding equipment 200 includes a second trimming device, and the second trimming device performs trimming on the third weld structure formed in the third section to be welded 243 and the fourth weld structure formed in the fourth section to be welded 244. Among them, the second trimming device is any common weld trimming device currently on the market, and will not be described in detail here.
  • a third weld structure is formed in the third section to be welded 243, and a fourth weld structure is formed in the fourth section to be welded 244; thereafter, the second sub-jig is moved to the second trimming station 2205, and then the third weld structure and the fourth weld structure are trimmed to grind off the protruding portions of the third weld structure and the fourth weld structure outside the end cover 22 and the shell 21, so that the end cover 22 and the shell 21 have good appearance quality, and the risk of damage to other components can also be reduced.
  • the welding equipment 200 also includes a conveying device 210, the conveying device 210 can convey the first sub-jig 1031 to the first welding station 2201, the first trimming station 2202, and the transfer station 2203, and the conveying device 210 can also convey the second sub-jig to the transfer station 2203, the second welding station 2204 and the second trimming station 2205.
  • the welding method of the embodiment of the present application utilizes the conveying device 210 to convey the first sub-jig 1031 and the second sub-jig, which can realize mechanized operation, and is beneficial to improving welding efficiency and improving welding quality.
  • the welding method provided is that before the shell 21 covered with the end cover 22 is placed in the jig 103, the end cover 22 is covered on the shell 21 and the end cover 22 is located below the shell 21, and then placed in the jig 103.
  • the welding equipment 200 has a conveying device 210, and the conveying device 210 is arranged in an inverted L shape.
  • the conveying device 210 in the horizontal conveying part is sequentially distributed with an assembly station 2206, a first welding station 2201, a first trimming station 2202 and a transfer station 2203 along the horizontal conveying direction
  • the conveying device 210 in the vertical conveying part is sequentially distributed with a transfer station 2203, a second welding station 2204 and a second trimming station 2205 along the vertical conveying direction.
  • the housing 21 is inverted on the end cover 22 , and then the housing 21 covered with the end cover 22 is placed in the first sub-jig 1031 ;
  • the conveying device 210 conveys the first sub-jig 1031 to the first welding station 2201, and the first welding head 101 is turned on and moves from position A to position B, that is, from left to right.
  • the first welding head 101 moves L1, that is, before the first welding head 101 starts to weld the first section to be welded 241
  • the first welding head 101 continues to move and maintains the preset welding speed to weld the first section to be welded 241.
  • the first welding head 101 starts to decelerate and gradually closes until it moves to position B and completely stops moving and closes, so that the acceleration and deceleration sections of the first welding head 101 are all located outside the first section to be welded 241, thereby reducing the impact of unstable acceleration and deceleration speeds on welding quality, which is beneficial to improving welding quality.
  • the second welding head 102 is turned on and moves from position C to position D, that is, from right to left.
  • the second welding head 102 moves L3, that is, before the second welding head 102 starts to weld the second section 242 to be welded
  • the second welding head 102 After reaching the preset welding speed of the second welding head 102, the second welding head 102 continues to move and maintains the preset welding speed of the second welding head 102 to weld the second section to be welded 242.
  • the second welding head 102 begins to decelerate and close until it moves to the D position and completely stops moving and closes, so that the acceleration and deceleration sections of the second welding head 102 are all located outside the second section to be welded 242, thereby reducing the impact of unstable acceleration and deceleration speeds on welding quality, which is beneficial to improving welding quality.
  • the conveying device 210 moves the first sub-jig 1031 to the first trimming station 2202 to perform trimming on the first weld structure formed in the first section to be welded 241 and the second weld structure formed in the second section to be welded 242 .
  • the conveying device 210 moves the first sub-jig 1031 to the transfer station 2203 , and then moves the housing 21 covered with the end cover 22 in the first sub-jig 1031 to the second sub-jig.
  • the conveying device 210 moves the second sub-jig to the second welding station 2204, the third welding head 231 is turned on and moves from position E to position F, that is, moves from front to back, when the third welding head 231 moves L5, that is, before the third welding head 231 starts to weld the third section to be welded 243, after the third welding head 231 reaches the preset welding speed of the third welding head 231, the third welding head 231 continues to move and maintains the preset welding speed to weld the third section to be welded 243, when the welding of the third section to be welded 243 is completed, the third welding head 231 starts to decelerate and close until it moves to position F and completely stops moving and closes, so that the acceleration and deceleration sections of the third welding head 231 are all located outside the welding third section to be welded 243, thereby reducing the influence of unstable acceleration and deceleration speeds on welding quality, which is beneficial to improving welding quality.
  • the fourth welding head 232 is turned on and moves from the G position to the H position, that is, moves from the back to the front.
  • the fourth welding head 232 moves L7, that is, before the fourth welding head 232 starts to weld the fourth section to be welded 244
  • the fourth welding head 232 reaches the preset welding speed of the fourth welding head 232
  • the fourth welding head 232 continues to move and maintains the preset welding speed of the fourth welding head 232 to weld the fourth section to be welded 244.
  • the fourth welding head 232 begins to decelerate and close until it moves to the D position and completely stops moving and closes, so that the acceleration and deceleration sections of the fourth welding head 232 are all located outside the fourth section to be welded 244, thereby reducing the impact of unstable acceleration and deceleration speeds on welding quality, which is beneficial to improving welding quality.
  • the conveying device 210 moves the second sub-jig to the second trimming station 2205 to perform trimming on the third weld structure formed in the third section to be welded 243 and the fourth weld structure formed in the fourth section to be welded 244 .
  • the first welding head 101 welds from left to right
  • the second welding head 102 welds from right to left
  • the third welding head 231 welds from front to back
  • the fourth welding head 232 welds from back to front, so that the welding starting point and welding stopping position of the welding head will not be at the same position, thereby reducing the risk of welding defects and improving the welding quality.
  • the welding equipment 200 has a conveying device 210, and the conveying device 210 is arranged in an inverted L shape.
  • the conveying device 210 in the horizontal conveying part is sequentially distributed with an assembly station 2206, a first welding station 2201, a first trimming station 2202 and a transfer station 2203 along the horizontal conveying direction
  • the conveying device 210 in the vertical conveying part is sequentially distributed with a transfer station 2203, a second welding station 2204 and a second trimming station 2205 along the vertical conveying direction.
  • the housing 21 is inverted on the end cover 22 , and then the housing 21 covered with the end cover 22 is placed in the first sub-jig 1031 ;
  • the conveying device 210 conveys the first sub-jig 1031 to the first welding station 2201, and the first welding head 101 is turned on and moves from position A to position B, that is, from left to right.
  • the first welding head 101 moves L1
  • the first welding head 101 reaches the preset welding speed of the first welding head 101
  • the first welding head 101 continues to move and maintains the preset welding speed to weld the first section to be welded 241.
  • the first welding head 101 moves L1, that is, before the first welding head 101 starts to weld the first section to be welded 241
  • the first welding head 101 reaches the preset welding speed of the first welding head 101
  • the first welding head 101 continues to move and maintains the preset welding speed to weld the first section to be welded 241.
  • the first welding head 101 When welding to position I, the first welding head 101 is closed and moves at a reduced speed; when the first welding head 101 moves to position B, the first welding head 101 is opened and starts to move in the opposite direction toward position A, that is, from right to left; when the first welding head 101 moves L2, that is, before the first welding head 101 welds the first section to be welded 241 again, after the first welding head 101 reaches the preset welding speed of the first welding head 101, the first welding head 101 continues to move in the opposite direction and maintains the preset welding speed to weld the first section to be welded 241, and when the first welding head 101 welds to position I, The first welding head 101 starts to slow down and moves a certain distance before closing, thus achieving welding of the first section to be welded 241.
  • the rear side is represented by two hollow arrows staggered left and right in FIG. 11, and in the actual welding process, the distance between the first welding head 101 and the rear side surface of the end cover 22 can remain unchanged or can be changed, according to actual needs, and is not limited here.
  • the second welding head 102 is turned on and moves from position C to position D, that is, moves from left to right.
  • the second welding head 102 moves L3, that is, before the second welding head 102 starts to weld the second section to be welded 242
  • the second welding head 102 reaches the preset welding speed of the second welding head 102
  • the second welding head 102 continues to move and maintains the preset welding speed of the second welding head 102 to weld the second section to be welded 242.
  • the second welding head 102 welds to position J, the second welding head 102 is closed and starts to decelerate.
  • the second welding head 102 moves to position D, The second welding head 102 is opened and moves in the opposite direction toward position C, that is, from right to left; when the second welding head 102 moves L4, that is, before the second welding head 102 welds the second section to be welded 242, after the second welding head 102 reaches the preset welding speed of the second welding head 102, the second welding head 102 continues to move and maintains the preset welding speed of the second welding head 102 to weld the second section to be welded 242, and when the second welding head 102 is welded to position J, the second welding head 102 starts to decelerate and moves a distance before closing, thus realizing the welding of the second section to be welded 242.
  • the conveying device 210 moves the first sub-jig 1031 to the first trimming station 2202 to perform trimming on the first weld structure formed in the first section to be welded 241 and the second weld structure formed in the second section to be welded 242 .
  • the conveying device 210 moves the first sub-jig 1031 to the transfer station 2203 , and then moves the housing 21 covered with the end cover 22 in the first sub-jig 1031 to the second sub-jig.
  • the conveying device 210 moves the second sub-jig to the second welding station 2204, the third welding head 231 is turned on and moves from position E toward position F, that is, moves from back to front, when the third welding head 231 moves L5, that is, before the third welding head 231 starts to weld the third section to be welded 243, after the third welding head 231 reaches the preset welding speed of the third welding head 231, the third welding head 231 continues to move and maintains the preset welding speed to weld the third section to be welded 243; when the third welding head 231 is welded to position K, the third welding head 231 is closed.
  • the third welding head 231 is closed and starts to decelerate until it moves to position F, then it opens and moves in the opposite direction toward position E, i.e., moves from front to back; when the third welding head 231 moves L6, i.e., before the third welding head 231 reversely welds the third section to be welded 243, after the third welding head 231 reaches the preset welding speed of the third welding head 231, the third welding head 231 continues to move and maintains the preset welding speed to weld the third section to be welded 243; when the third welding head 231 is welded to position K, the third welding head 231 starts to decelerate and moves a distance before closing, thus realizing the welding of the third section to be welded 243.
  • the fourth welding head 232 is turned on and moves from the G position to the H position, that is, moves from the back to the front.
  • the fourth welding head 232 moves L7, that is, before the fourth welding head 232 starts to weld the fourth section to be welded 244
  • the fourth welding head 232 continues to move and maintains the preset welding speed of the fourth welding head 232 to weld the fourth section to be welded 244;
  • the fourth welding head 232 welds to the M position, the fourth welding head 232 is closed and starts to decelerate until it moves to the H position.
  • the welding head 232 is opened and moves in the reverse direction toward the G position.
  • the fourth welding head 232 moves L8, that is, before the fourth welding head 232 starts to weld the fourth section to be welded 244, after the fourth welding head 232 reaches the preset welding speed of the fourth welding head 232, the fourth welding head 232 continues to move and maintains the preset welding speed of the fourth welding head 232 to weld the fourth section to be welded 244; when the fourth welding head 232 is welded to the M position, the fourth welding head 232 starts to decelerate and moves a distance before closing, thus completing the welding of the fourth section to be welded 244.
  • two hollow arrows staggered to the left and right are used on the right side of Figure 13. In the actual welding process, the fourth welding head 232 and the left side of the end cover 22 are spaced apart. The distance can remain unchanged or vary according to actual needs and is not limited here.
  • the conveying device 210 moves the second sub-jig to the second trimming station 2205 to perform trimming on the third weld structure formed in the third section to be welded 243 and the fourth weld structure formed in the fourth section to be welded 244 .
  • the moving direction of the first welding head 101 is the same as the moving direction of the second welding head 102
  • the moving direction of the third welding head 231 is the same as the moving direction of the fourth welding head 232.
  • the welding operation is simple and easy to implement.
  • the weld structure obtained by welding intersects the welding starting points at the corners of the end cover 22.
  • the welding quality of the end cover 22 and the shell 21 at the corners of the end cover 22 is good, which is beneficial to improving the sealing performance of the end cover 22 and the shell 21.
  • a welding device 100 which includes a first welding head 101, a second welding head 102 and a jig 103, the jig 103 is used to support the shell 21 covered with the end cover 22, and the jig 103 is constructed with an avoidance structure for exposing the area to be welded 24 between the end cover 22 and the shell 21; a welding station 1001 is formed between the first welding head 101 and the second welding head 102; wherein, when the jig 103 is located at the welding station 1001, the first welding head 101 and the second welding head 102 weld the area to be welded 24 located at the to-be-welded sections 240 on opposite sides of the end cover 22 through the avoidance structure 1032.
  • the welding station 1001 refers to a position between the first welding head 101 and the second welding head 102, and after the jig 103 moves to the welding station 1001, the first welding head 101 and the second welding head 102 can weld the corresponding to-be-welded section 240.
  • the welding station 1001 can be the first welding station 2201 or the second welding station 2204, which is determined according to the position of the welding device 100 in the welding equipment 200, and is not limited here.
  • the section to be welded 240 refers to the section to be welded in the section to be welded 24 located on one side of the end cap 22.
  • the section to be welded 240 may refer to the section to be welded in the section to be welded 24 located at the rear long side of the end cap 22, i.e., the first section to be welded 241; or may refer to the section to be welded in the section to be welded 24 located at the front long side of the end cap 22.
  • the second section to be welded 242 it can also refer to the area section in the area to be welded 24 located at the short side of the left side of the end cover 44, that is, the third section to be welded 243; it can also refer to the area section in the area to be welded 24 located at the short side of the right side of the end cover 22, that is, the fourth section to be welded 244; it should be noted here that the first welding head 101 welds the area section located at the long side of the rear side of the end cover 22, that is, the first section to be welded 241; the second welding head 102 welds the area section located at the long side of the front side of the end cover 22, that is, the second section to be welded 242; of course, in other embodiments, the first welding head 101 welds the area section located at the short side of the left side of the end cover 22, that is, the third section to be welded 243; the second welding head 102 welds the area section located at the short side of the right side of
  • the welding device 100 of the embodiment of the present application during welding, first fixes the shell 21 covered with the end cover 22 in the jig 103, at which time, the first welding head 101 and the second welding head 102 are respectively located on the opposite sides of the shell 21 covered with the end cover 22, and then, the first welding head 101 and the second welding head 102 respectively weld the sections to be welded 240 on the opposite sides of the shell 21 covered with the end cover 22, thereby achieving simultaneous welding of the opposite sides of the shell 21 covered with the end cover 22, thereby improving the welding efficiency.
  • the welding device 100 further includes a first driving member 108 and a second driving member 109, the second driving member 109 is connected to the first driving member 108, the first driving member 108 moves with the first welding head 101, the first driving member 108 is used to drive the first welding head 101 to move up and down to meet the welding requirements of the sections to be welded 240 at different heights on the end cover 22 and the shell 21; the second driving member 109 is used to drive the first driving member 108 and the first welding head 101 to move forward and backward to adjust the spacing between the first welding head 101 and the section to be welded 240 on the rear side of the shell 21 to meet the welding requirements of the end cover 22 and the shell 21 of different sizes or different welding requirements, thereby improving the applicable scope of the welding device 100.
  • the first driving member 108 and the second driving member 109 can be, but are not limited to, components such as cylinders, linear modules, etc. that can drive the first welding head 101 to move.
  • the welding device 100 further includes a third driving member 110 and a fourth driving member 111, the third driving member 110 is connected to the fourth driving member 111, the third driving member 110 moves with the second welding head 102, the third driving member 110 is used to drive the second welding head 102 to move up and down to adapt to the welding requirements of the sections to be welded 240 at different heights on the end cover 22 and the shell 21; in addition, the fourth driving member 111 is used to drive the third driving member 110 and the second welding head 102 to move forward and backward to adjust the distance between the second welding head 102 and the sections to be welded 240 on the front side of the end cover 22 and the shell 21 to adapt to different The welding requirements of the end cap 22 and the housing 21 of the same size or different welding requirements improve the applicable scope of the welding device 100.
  • the third driving member 110 and the fourth driving member 111 can be but not limited to cylinders, linear modules and other components that can drive the second welding head 102 to move.
  • the provided welding device 100 also includes a first movable member 104, which is connected to the first welding head 101 and is used to drive the first welding head 101 to move relative to the jig 103, so that the first welding head 101 welds the corresponding section 240 to be welded; the welding device 100 also includes a second movable member 105, which is connected to the second welding head 102 and is used to drive the second welding head 102 to move relative to the jig 103, so that the second welding head 102 welds the corresponding section 240 to be welded.
  • the first moving member 104 refers to a power component capable of driving the first welding head 101 to move.
  • the first moving member 104 drives the first welding head 101 to move left and right, so that the first welding head 101 moves along the extension direction of the long side of the rear side of the end cover 22, thereby welding the long side of the rear side of the end cover 22 and the long side of the rear side of the opening of the housing 21.
  • the first moving member 104 can be a component capable of driving the first welding head 101 to move, such as a cylinder, a linear module, etc.
  • the second moving member 105 refers to a power component capable of driving the second welding head 102 to move.
  • the second moving member 105 drives the second welding head 102 to move forward and backward, so that the second welding head 102 moves along the extension direction of the long side of the front side of the end cover 22, thereby welding the long side of the front side of the end cover 22 and the long side of the front side of the opening of the housing 21.
  • the second moving member 105 can be a component capable of driving the second welding head 102 to move, such as a cylinder, a linear module, etc.
  • the first movable member 104 drives the first welding head 101 to move, and at the same time, the second movable member 105 drives the second welding head 102 to move, so that the first welding head 101 and the second welding head 102 move relative to the fixture 103 at the same time, thereby completing the welding of the to-be-welded sections 240 on the opposite sides of the end cover 22 and the shell 21 at the same time, thereby improving the welding efficiency;
  • the first movable member 104 and the second movable member 105 respectively drive the first welding head 101 and the second welding head 102 to move, and the overall structure of the welding device 100 is simple, which is convenient for processing and manufacturing.
  • the provided welding device 100 further includes a clamping mechanism 106 , which is located at the welding station 1001 and is used to clamp and fix the shell 21 .
  • the clamping mechanism 106 refers to a mechanism that can clamp and fix the housing 21 , wherein the clamping mechanism 106 can be a clamping claw, a finger cylinder, or the like that can clamp components.
  • the clamping mechanism 106 can be clamped outside the shell 21 and can fix the shell 21 to achieve the positioning of the shell 21, so that the first welding head 101 and the second welding head 102 can accurately weld the corresponding section 240 to be welded, thereby improving the welding accuracy.
  • the clamping mechanism 106 in combination with Figures 17 and 18, includes a fixed plate 1061 and a first side plate 1062 and a second side plate 1063 connected to the fixed plate 1061, and the first side plate 1062, the second side plate 1063 and the fixed plate 1061 are jointly arranged to form a clamping groove 1064, and the clamping groove 1064 is used to clamp the shell 21.
  • the fixing plate 1061 serves as a mounting base for the first side plate 1062 and the second side plate 1063 , and plays a role in supporting and fixing the first side plate 1062 and the second side plate 1063 .
  • the first side plate 1062 refers to a plate connected to one side of the fixed plate 1061 ; for example, as shown in FIGS. 7 and 8 , the fixed plate 1061 refers to a horizontally placed plate, and the first side plate 1062 refers to a plate connected to the rear side of the fixed plate 1061 .
  • the second side plate 1063 refers to a plate connected to the other side of the fixing plate 1061 ; for example, as shown in FIGS. 7 and 8 , the second side plate 1063 refers to a plate connected to the front side of the fixing plate 1061 .
  • the clamping groove 1064 refers to a groove structure formed by the fixed plate 1061, the first side plate 1062 and the second side plate 1063.
  • the groove structure is used to accommodate the shell 21 covered with the end cover 22, and when the shell 21 is accommodated in the clamping groove 1064, the shell 21 covered with the end cover 22 is positioned and in a stationary state, so that the first welding head 101 and the second welding head 102 can accurately weld the corresponding area to be welded 24, thereby improving the welding accuracy.
  • the clamping mechanism 106 adopts a structure of a fixed plate 1061, a first side plate 1062 and a second side plate 1063, and the structure is simple.
  • the welding device 100 is easy to manufacture and process.
  • connection between the first side plate 1062 and the fixing plate 1061 and the connection between the second side plate 1063 and the fixing plate 1061 are as follows:
  • the connection between the fixing plates 1061 may be, but is not limited to, bolt connection, bonding, clamping, riveting, welding, one-piece molding, etc.
  • one-piece molding refers to molding by one-piece processes such as extrusion, injection molding, and die casting.
  • first side plate 1062 and the fixed plate 1061 can be movably connected to make the distance between the first side plate 1062 and the second side plate 1063 adjustable, so that shells 21 of different sizes can be clamped to expand the application scope of the welding device 100; for example, a driving member such as a cylinder, a linear module, etc. can be used between the first side plate 1062 and the fixed plate 1061 to drive the first side plate 1062 to move.
  • a driving member such as a cylinder, a linear module, etc.
  • the second side plate 1063 and the fixed plate 1061 can be movably connected to make the distance between the first side plate 1062 and the second side plate 1063 adjustable, so that shells 21 of different sizes can be clamped to expand the application scope of the welding device 100; for example, a driving member such as a cylinder, a linear module, etc. can be used between the second side plate 1063 and the fixed plate 1061 to drive the second side plate 1063 to move.
  • a driving member such as a cylinder, a linear module, etc.
  • the number of the first side plates 1062 may be one or more.
  • the number of the first side plates 1062 is two, and the two first side plates 1062 are distributed front and back, so that the housing 21 has more clamping contact positions with the clamping mechanism 106, and the clamping stability and reliability of the housing 21 are better.
  • the number of the first side plates 1062 may be three, four, or more than five, and the specific number can be set according to actual needs and is not limited here.
  • the number of the second side plates 1063 may be one or more.
  • the number of the second side plates 1063 is two, and the two second side plates 1063 are distributed front and back, so that the housing 21 has more clamping contact positions with the clamping mechanism 106, and the clamping stability and reliability of the housing 21 are better.
  • the number of the second side plates 1063 may be three, four, or more than five, and the specific number can be set according to actual needs and is not limited here.
  • the first side plate 1062 of the welding device 100 is provided and is located between the first welding head 101 and the jig 103
  • the second side plate 1063 is located between the second welding head 102 and the jig 103 .
  • the first side plate 1062 is located between the first welding mechanism and the jig 103 .
  • the first side plate 1062 is located on the rear side of the housing 21 .
  • the second side plate 1063 is located between the second welding mechanism and the jig 103 .
  • the second side plate 1063 is located on the front side of the shell 21 .
  • the first side plate 1062 is located between the first welding head 101 and the fixture 103
  • the second side plate 1063 is located between the second welding head 102 and the fixture 103.
  • the front and rear positioning of the shell 21 can be achieved through the first side plate 1062 and the second side plate 1063, so that the spacing between the first welding head 101 and the second welding head 102 and the corresponding section to be welded 240 is within a suitable range, and the welding quality is good.
  • the fixture 103 can achieve the front and rear positioning of the shell 21, and the clamping mechanism 106 can achieve the left and right positioning of the shell 21, so that the positioning of the shell 21 is achieved all around, the positioning accuracy of the shell 21 is better, and the welding quality is higher.
  • the provided welding device 100 also includes a moving mechanism 107, which is used to drive the jig 103 to move, so that the first welding head 101 welds the corresponding section 240 to be welded, and the second welding head 102 welds the corresponding section 240 to be welded.
  • the moving mechanism 107 refers to a component that can drive the jig 103 to move. During the movement of the jig 103, the shell 21 also moves accordingly. At the same time, the first welding head 101 and the second welding head 102 are in a stationary state. During the process of the jig 103 driving the shell 21 to move, the welding positions of the first welding head 101 and the second welding head 102 on the shell 21 change, thereby realizing the welding of the section to be welded 240.
  • the moving mechanism 107 can drive the shell 21 covered with the end cover 22 to move left and right, so that the first welding head 101 and the second welding head 102 respectively weld the long sides of the front and rear sides of the end cover 22, thereby welding the long sides of the left and right sides of the end cover 22 and the corresponding long sides of the opening of the shell 21 together, thereby realizing the welding of the long sides of the end cover 22.
  • the moving mechanism 107 can be a component that can drive the jig 103 to move, such as a cylinder, a linear module, etc.
  • the first welding head 101 and the second welding head 102 are stationary, while the jig 103 moves. Therefore, in the actual welding process, the jig 103 can directly pass between the first welding head 101 and the second welding head 102 without stopping, so as to achieve welding, which can greatly improve the welding efficiency.
  • the first welding head 101 and the second welding head 102 can be moved. The first welding head 101 and the second welding head 102 are relatively still and do not need to move, which is also beneficial to improving the accuracy of the welding position and improving the welding precision.
  • the moving mechanism 107 of the welding device 100 includes a first conveyor belt assembly 1071 and a second conveyor belt assembly 1072 that are spaced apart, and the first conveyor belt assembly 1071 and the second conveyor belt assembly 1072 can clamp the shell 21 and enable the shell 21 to move under the conveyance of the first conveyor belt assembly 1071 and the second conveyor belt assembly 1072.
  • the first conveyor belt assembly 1071 refers to a conveyor belt assembly for conveying the shell 21.
  • the first conveyor belt assembly 1071 refers to a conveyor belt assembly located at the rear side of the fixture 103, wherein the first conveyor belt assembly 1071 includes a driving member, a transmission member and a conveyor belt, wherein the conveyor belt is sleeved outside the transmission member, and the driving member drives the transmission member to rotate, thereby driving the conveyor belt to move, thereby driving the shell 21 located between the first conveyor belt and the second conveyor belt to move.
  • the transmission member can be a conveyor roller, a conveyor wheel and other components
  • the driving member can be a motor, a motor and other components
  • the conveyor belt can be a conveyor crawler, a conveyor synchronous belt and the like.
  • the second conveyor belt assembly 1072 refers to a conveyor belt assembly for conveying the shell 21.
  • the second conveyor belt assembly 1072 refers to a conveyor belt assembly located on the front side of the fixture 103, wherein the structure of the second conveyor belt assembly 1072 may be the same as that of the first conveyor belt assembly. Its specific structure refers to the structure of the above-mentioned first conveyor belt assembly 1071. Of course, in other embodiments, the structure of the second conveyor belt assembly 1072 may be different from that of the first conveyor belt assembly 1071, which is not limited here.
  • the first conveyor belt assembly 1071 and the second conveyor belt assembly 1072 can clamp the shell 21 and enable the shell 21 to move under the conveyance of the first conveyor belt assembly 1071 and the second conveyor belt assembly 1072. It can be understood that when the jig 103 loaded is moved between the first conveyor belt assembly 1071 and the second conveyor belt assembly 1072, the first conveyor belt assembly 1071 and the second conveyor belt assembly 1072 can clamp the shell 21, and under the conveyance of the first conveyor belt assembly 1071 and the second conveyor belt assembly 1072, the shell 21 will move left and right accordingly, thereby realizing the welding of the section 240 to be welded.
  • the jig 103 moves between the first conveyor belt assembly 1071 and the second conveyor belt assembly 1072, and drives the housing 21 in the jig 103 to move under the conveyance of the first conveyor belt assembly 1071 and the second conveyor belt assembly 1072, thereby realizing the welding of the section to be welded 240, and the first conveyor belt assembly 1071 and the second conveyor belt assembly 1072 clamp the housing 21, which also plays a positioning role for the housing 21, which is conducive to improving the welding accuracy.
  • the housing 21 is conveyed by the structure of the first conveyor belt assembly 1071 and the second conveyor belt assembly 1072, and the first conveyor belt assembly 1071 and the second conveyor belt assembly 1072 are contacted and positioned with the two opposite sides of the housing 21, the positioning accuracy is better, and the welding accuracy is also better.
  • the jig 103 of the provided welding device 100 is constructed with a clamping plate 10311 and a receiving groove 10312 for accommodating the shell 21 covered with the end cover 22.
  • the clamping plate 10311 is located at the opening of the receiving groove 10312, and is pressed on the shell 21 and pushes the shell 21 toward the end cover 22 to compress and fix the end cover 22 and the shell 21.
  • the shell 21 and the end cover 22 are easy to move relative to each other during the movement, which may cause problems such as the welding position being offset and poor welding accuracy.
  • pre-welding is usually adopted, that is, before the shell 21 covered with the end cover 22 is moved to the welding position, the end cover 22 and the shell 21 are preliminarily welded together, so that the end cover 22 and the shell 21 are relatively fixed and will not move, thereby improving the accuracy of subsequent welding.
  • pre-welding will increase the welding process and reduce welding efficiency.
  • the fixture 103 is constructed with a pressing plate 10311 and a receiving groove 10312 for receiving the housing 21 covered with the end cover 22 .
  • the receiving groove 10312 provides an installation space for the housing 21 covered with the end cover 22 .
  • the clamping plate 10311 is located at the opening of the accommodating groove 10312, and is pressed against the shell 21 and pushes the shell 21 toward the end cover 22 to compress and fix the end cover 22 and the shell 21; it can be understood that the clamping plate 10311 is located at the opening of the accommodating groove 10312, and the end cover 22 is located at the bottom of the groove of the accommodating groove 10312. The clamping plate 10311 pushes the shell 21 toward the bottom of the groove of the accommodating groove 10312, so that the shell 21 and the end cover 22 are pressed and fixed together.
  • the end cover 22 and the shell 21 can be stably fixed together, thereby eliminating the operation of pre-welding and improving the welding efficiency; and, under the clamping action of the clamping plate 10311, the shell 21 and the end cover 22 will not move relative to each other during the welding movement process, so that the shell 21 and the end cover 22 can Accurately welded together with high welding precision; in addition, the shell 21 is buckled on the end cover 22, and the opening of the shell 21 is set downward, so that foreign matter such as dust and welding slag will not fall into the shell 21.
  • clamping plate 10311 and the fixture 103 may be connected by, but not limited to, screw connection, snap connection, rotation connection, etc.; in another embodiment, the clamping plate 10311 and the fixture 103 are an integrated structure.
  • the jig 103 contains a shell 21 covered with an end cover 22, the first welding head 101, the first driving member 108 and the second driving member 109 are all located on the rear side of the shell 21, and the second welding head 102, the third driving member 110 and the fourth driving member 111 are all located on the front side of the shell 21, so that the layout is convenient for component arrangement;
  • the first driving member 108 is installed on the second driving member 109, and the first welding head 101 is installed on the first driving member 108, the first driving member 108 drives the first welding head 101 to move up and down, and the second driving member 109 drives the first welding head 101 to move forward and backward;
  • the third driving member 110 is installed on the fourth driving member 111, and the second welding head 102 is installed on the third driving member 110, the third driving member 110 drives the second welding head 102 to move up and down, and the fourth driving member 111 drives the second welding head 102 to move forward and backward.
  • the jig 103 can be driven to move by the conveying device 210, so as to realize the movement of the first welding head 101 and the second welding head 102 relative to the jig 103, and then realize the welding of the corresponding section to be welded 240.
  • This has a simple structure and is convenient for processing and manufacturing.
  • the third driving member 110 drives the second welding head 102 to move up and down
  • the fourth driving member 111 drives the second welding head 102 to move forward and backward
  • the second moving member 105 drives the second welding head 102 to move left and right, thereby realizing the welding of the corresponding section 240 to be welded.
  • the jig 103 contains a shell 21 covered with an end cover 22, the shell 21 is clamped by the first conveyor belt assembly 1071 and the second conveyor belt assembly 1072, the first welding head 101, the first driving member 108, the second driving member 109 and the first conveyor belt assembly 1071 are all located on the rear side of the shell 21, and the first conveyor belt assembly 1071 is located between the jig 103 and the first driving member 108; the second conveyor belt assembly 1072, the second welding head 102, the third driving member 110 and the fourth driving member 111 are all located on the front side of the shell 21, and the second conveyor belt assembly 1072 is located between the jig 103 and the third driving member 110, so that the layout is convenient for component arrangement; the second driving member 109 is installed on the first moving member 10 4, the first driving member 108 is installed on the second driving member 109, the first welding head 101 is installed on the first driving member 108, the first driving member 108 drives the first welding head 101 to move up and down,
  • a welding device 200 comprising the welding apparatus 100 described above.
  • the welding equipment 200 of the embodiment of the present application adopts the above-mentioned welding device 100.
  • the welding efficiency of the welding device 100 is high, and the welding efficiency of the welding equipment 200 can also be improved.
  • the provided welding device 200 further includes a conveying device 210, a first welding device 220 and a second welding device 230;
  • the first welding device 220 is the welding device 100, the first The welding station 1001 in the welding device 220 is the first welding station 2201, and the first welding head 101 and the second welding head 102 in the first welding device 220 can respectively weld the sections to be welded 240 located on the opposite sides of the end cover 22;
  • the second welding device 230 is the welding device 100, and the welding station 1001 in the second welding device 230 is the second welding station 2204, and the first welding head 101 in the second welding device 230 and the second welding head 102 in the second welding device 230 can respectively weld the sections to be welded 240 located on the other opposite sides of the end cover 22;
  • the conveying device 210 can move the jig 103 from the first welding station 2201 to the second welding station 2204.
  • the first welding device 220 is a welding device 100 for welding the end cover 22 and the shell 21 located at the first welding station 2201.
  • the first welding device 220 is used to weld the two opposite long sides of the end cover 22, namely the first section 241 to be welded and the second section 242 to be welded.
  • the second welding device 230 is a welding device 100 for welding the end cover 22 and the shell 21 located at the second welding station 2204.
  • the second welding device 230 is used to weld the two opposite short sides of the end cover 22, namely the third section 243 to be welded and the fourth section 244 to be welded.
  • the conveying device 210 moves the fixture 103 to the first welding station 2201, and the first welding head 101 and the second welding head 102 in the first welding device 220 respectively weld the sections to be welded 240 located on the opposite sides of the end cover 22; after welding is completed, the conveying device 210 moves the fixture 103 to the second welding station 2204, and the first welding head 101 (see the third welding head 231 shown in FIG. 5) and the second welding head 102 (see the fourth welding head 232 shown in FIG.
  • the second welding device 230 in the second welding device 230 respectively weld the sections to be welded 240 located on the other opposite sides of the end cover 22, so that the full circle welding of the end cover 22 and the shell 21 is achieved, and the first welding head 101 and the second welding head 102 are used to weld the opposite sides of the end cover 22 at the same time, and the third welding head 231 and the fourth welding head 232 are used to weld the other opposite sides of the end cover 22 respectively, and the welding efficiency is high.
  • the first welding head 101 in the second welding device 230 is referred to as a third welding head 231
  • the second welding head 102 in the second welding device 230 is referred to as a fourth welding head 232 hereinafter.
  • the provided welding equipment 200 has a transfer station 2203; the first welding head 101 welds the section to be welded 240 as the first section to be welded 241, the second welding head 102 welds the section to be welded 240 as the second section to be welded 242, the third welding head 231 welds the section to be welded 240 as the third section to be welded 243, and the fourth welding head 232 welds the section to be welded 240 as the fourth section to be welded 244; the fixture 103 includes a first sub-fixture 1031 and a second sub-fixture, the first sub-fixture 1031 is used to support the shell 21 covered with the end cover 22, and the first sub-fixture 1031 is constructed with a first space-avoiding sub-structure 10321 on both sides of the opposite sides, and the two first space-avoiding sub-structures 10321 The first section 241 to be welded and the second section 242 to be welded are exposed respectively;
  • the transfer device refers to a device that can remove the shell 21 covered with the end cap 22 in the first sub-jig 1031 and place the removed shell 21 covered with the end cap 22 in the second sub-jig, wherein the transfer device can be a robot or other equipment that can realize the picking and placing of objects.
  • the conveying device 210 conveys the first sub-jig 1031 to the first welding station 2201, and the first welding head 101 and the second welding head 102 respectively weld the first section 241 to be welded and the second section 242 to be welded through the two first air-avoiding sub-structures 10321; when welding is completed, the conveying device 210 conveys the first sub-jig 1031 to the transfer station 2203, and the transfer device takes out the shell 21 covered with the end cover 22 in the first sub-jig 1031, and then puts the shell 21 covered with the end cover 22 into the second sub-jig, and then the conveying device 210 conveys the second sub-jig to the second welding station 2204, and the third welding head 231 and the fourth welding head 232 respectively weld the third section 243 to be welded and the fourth section 244 to be welded through the two second air-avoiding sub-structures, thereby completing the full circle welding of the end cover 22
  • first sub-jig 1031 and the second sub-jig are used to expose the end cover 22 and the welding area 24 of the shell 21 in sections, so that the first sub-jig 1031 and the second sub-jig do not need to be disconnected, and the shell 21 covered with the end cover 22 is welded on the jig.
  • the fixing reliability within 103 is good, which is conducive to improving the welding quality, thereby also reducing the welding difficulty between the end cover 22 and the shell 21 and improving the welding effect of the end cover 22 and the shell 21.
  • the provided welding equipment 200 also has a first trimming station 2202, and the conveying device 210 can convey the first sub-jig 1031 from the first welding station 2201 to the first trimming station 2202; the welding equipment 200 also includes a first trimming device, which can trim the first weld formed in the first section to be welded 241 located in the first trimming station 2202 and the second weld formed in the second section to be welded 242.
  • a first weld structure is formed in the first section to be welded 241, and a second weld structure is formed in the second section to be welded 242; thereafter, the conveying device 210 conveys the first sub-jig 1031 to the first trimming station 2202, and the first trimming device trims the first weld structure and the second weld structure, grinding off the portions of the first weld structure and the second weld structure protruding outside the end cover 22 and the shell 21, so that the end cover 22 and the shell 21 have good appearance quality, and can also reduce the risk of damage to other components.
  • the provided welding equipment 200 also has a second trimming station 2205, and the conveying device 210 conveys the second sub-jig from the second welding station 2204 to the second trimming station 2205; the welding equipment 200 also includes a second trimming device, which can trim the third weld formed in the third section to be welded 243 located in the second trimming station 2205 and the fourth weld formed in the fourth section to be welded 244.
  • a third weld structure is formed in the third section 243 to be welded, and a fourth weld structure is formed in the fourth section 244 to be welded; thereafter, the conveying device 210 conveys the second sub-jig to the second trimming station 2205, and then the second trimming device trims the third weld structure and the fourth weld structure, grinding off the portions of the third weld structure and the fourth weld structure protruding outside the end cover 22 and the shell 21, so that the end cover 22 and the shell 21 have good appearance quality, and the risk of damage to other components can also be reduced.
  • the welding device 200 of the embodiment of the present application can adopt the technical solutions of any one or several of the above embodiments, it also has all the beneficial effects brought by the technical solutions of the above embodiments, which will not be described one by one here.
  • a battery cell 20 is provided.
  • the battery cell 20 includes a shell 21 and an end cover 22.
  • the end cover 22 covers the shell 21.
  • the end cover 22 and the shell 21 are welded using the above-mentioned welding method.
  • the battery cell 20, the end cover 22 and the shell 21 of the embodiment of the present application are welded by the above-mentioned welding method, which has high welding efficiency, is conducive to improving the production efficiency of the battery cell 20 and reducing the production cost.
  • the battery cell 20 of the embodiment of the present application can adopt the technical solutions of any one or several of the above embodiments, it also has all the beneficial effects brought by the technical solutions of the above embodiments, which will not be described one by one here.

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Electrochemistry (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Mechanical Engineering (AREA)
  • Plasma & Fusion (AREA)
  • Sealing Battery Cases Or Jackets (AREA)

Abstract

一种焊接方法，将盖合有端盖（22）的壳体（21）放置于治具（103）内，治具构造有供端盖和壳体之间的待焊区外露的避空结构，待焊区包括位于端盖相对两侧的第一待焊区段（241）和第二待焊区段（242）；将治具移动到焊接设备的第一焊接工位（2201），焊接设备的第一焊接头（101）通过避空结构焊接第一待焊区段，焊接设备的第二焊接头（102）焊接通过避空结构焊接第二待焊区段，其中，第一焊接工位位于第一焊接头和第二焊接头之间。该焊接方法的焊接效率高。还涉及一种焊接装置、焊接设备和电池单体。

Description

焊接方法、焊接装置、焊接设备及电池单体 技术领域
本申请涉及焊接技术领域，具体涉及一种焊接方法、焊接装置、焊接设备及电池单体。
背景技术
随着电池行业的飞速发展，电池的生产效率要求也越来越高，同时，也对电池生产过程中的焊接工艺提出更高的要求；在电池的焊接工艺中最重要的工艺是壳体和端盖的焊接封装；焊接时，将带有端盖部分的电极组件装入壳体内后，再将端盖的周缘与壳体开口处的周缘焊接在一起，使得壳体和端盖形成一个整体；但端盖和壳体的焊接效率低，无法满足更高的生产效率要求。
发明内容
本申请实施例的目的在于：提供一种焊接方法、焊接装置、焊接设备及电池单体，包括但不限于解决端盖和壳体的焊接效率低的问题。
本申请实施例采用的技术方案是：
第一方面，提供了一种焊接方法，包括以下步骤：
将盖合有端盖的壳体放置于治具内，治具构造有供端盖和壳体之间的待焊区外露的避空结构，待焊区包括位于端盖相对两侧的第一待焊区段和第二待焊区段；
将治具移动到焊接设备的第一焊接工位，焊接设备的第一焊接头通过避空结构焊接第一待焊区段，焊接设备的第二焊接头焊接通过避空结构焊接第二待焊区段，其中，第一焊接工位位于第一焊接头和第二焊接头之间。
本申请实施例的焊接方法，本申请实施例的焊接方法，先将盖合有端盖的壳体安装于治具内，然后再将治具和壳体移动到第一焊接工位，与此同时，第一焊接头和第二焊接头位于治具的相对于两侧；之后，第一焊接头和第二焊接头通过避空结构分别焊接第一待焊区段和第二待焊区段，便实现端盖的相对两侧的焊接，这种焊接方法与采用绕圈的焊接方法相比，焊接效率高。
在一个实施例中，待焊区包括多个待焊区段，每个待焊区段对应设置有一个焊接头，多个待焊区段依次首尾相连围合形成环形结构，多个待焊区段中的两个分别为第一待焊区段和第二待焊区段，第一待焊区段对应的焊接头为第一焊接头，第二待焊区段对应的焊接头为第二焊接头。
本申请实施例的焊接方法，每个焊接头一一对应地焊接对应的待焊区段，这样便可完成端盖和壳体的整圈焊接，使得端盖将壳体的内部空间完全密封；另外，端盖和壳体通过多个焊接头分段焊接，其焊接效率高。
在一个实施例中，多个待焊区段中相对的一对待焊区段对应的两个焊接头焊接方向相反。
本申请实施例的焊接方法，相对的一对待焊区段对应的两个焊接头焊接方向相反，这样可使得相对的一对待焊区段中两个待焊区段的焊接起点和焊接终点分布相反，这样可减少焊接在同一处的结束的风险，有利于提高焊接质量。
在一个实施例中，多个待焊区段任意相邻的两个待焊区段中的一个的焊接起点和另一个的焊接终点相连。
本申请实施例的焊接方法，多个待焊区段任意相邻的两个待焊区段中的一个的焊接起点和另一个的焊接终点相连，这样使得所有的待焊区段的焊接终点不会相重叠，有利于提高焊接质量，提高端盖和壳体之间的密封性能。
在一个实施例中，多个待焊区段中相对的一对待焊区段对应的两个焊接头焊接方向相同。
本申请实施例的焊接方法，多个待焊区段中相对的一对待焊区段对应的两个焊接头焊接方向相同，焊接操作简单，也易于实现。
在一个实施例中，至少一个焊接头沿第一方向焊接对应的待焊区段后再反向焊接对应的待焊区段。
本申请实施例的焊接方法，焊接头沿第一方向焊接对应的待焊区段后，再反向焊接待焊区段，这样待焊区段的两端中，其中一端为沿第一方向的焊接起点，另一端为反向焊接的焊接起点，这样可减少相邻两个待焊区段相连焊接终点位于同一处的风险，提高焊接质量；另外，若焊接起点与焊接终点连接，焊接起点处的焊接材料会堆积在焊接终点处的熔池处，提高焊接质量。
在一个实施例中，待焊区段构造有停焊位，焊接头从待焊区段的一端沿第一方向焊接到停焊位后停止焊接，焊接头再反向焊接，以完成待焊区段上未焊接区域的焊接。
本申请实施例的焊接方法，使得待焊区段的一端作为焊接头沿第一方向焊接的焊接起点，而待焊区段的另一端作为反向焊接的焊接起点，待焊区段的两端均为焊接起点，可减少相邻两个待焊区段相连焊接终点位于同一处的风险，有利于提高焊接质量。
在一个实施例中，焊接头反向焊接到停焊位后，继续反向焊接。
本申请实施例的焊接方法，焊接头反向焊接到停焊位后，继续反向焊接，即在停焊位附近焊接两次形成两道焊缝，且两道焊缝在停焊位附近叠层设置，这样可提高两道焊缝在其连接处的焊接质量，有利于提高待焊区段整体的焊接质量。
在一个实施例中，待焊区还包括位于端盖另一相对两侧的第三待焊区段和第四待焊区段；第一待焊区段包括相对设置的第一端和第二端，第二待焊区段包括相对设置的第三端和第四端，第三待焊区段连接于第一端和第三端之间，第四待焊区段连接于第二端和第四端之间；
焊接设备还包括第三焊接头和第四焊接头，第三焊接头和第四焊接头之间形成有第二焊接工位；
将治具移动到第二焊接工位，第三焊接头通过避空结构焊接第三待焊区段，第四焊接头通过避空结构焊接第四待焊区段。
本申请实施例的焊接方法，在第一焊接头和第二焊接头完成端盖和壳体相对两侧的焊接，第三焊接头和第四焊接头完成了端盖和壳体另一相对两侧的焊接，如此便可完成端盖和壳体的整圈焊接，使得端盖将壳体的内部空间完全密封。
在一个实施例中，第一焊接头沿第一端朝向第二端的分布方向焊接第一待焊区段，第二焊接头沿第四端朝向第三端的分布方向焊接第二待焊区段；
第三焊接头沿第三端朝向第一端的分布方向焊接第三待焊区，第四焊接头沿第二端朝向第四端的分布方向焊接第四待焊区段。
本申请实施例的焊接方法，在焊接时，第一焊接头从第一端焊接到第二端，第四焊接头从第二端焊接到第四端，第二焊接头从第四端焊接到第三端，第三焊接头从第三端焊接到第四端，使得第一端、第二端、第三端和第四端均既是指一个焊接头的焊接起点，也是另一个焊接头的焊接终点，使得焊接过程中不会同一位置结束，从而减少了出现焊接缺陷风险，有利于提高焊接质量。
在一个实施例中，第一焊接头沿第一端朝向第二端的分布方向焊接第一待焊区段，第二焊接头沿第三端朝向第四端的分布方向焊接第二待焊区段；
第三焊接头沿第一端朝向第三端的分布方向焊接第三待焊区，第四焊接头沿第二端朝向第四端的分布方向焊接第四待焊区段。
本申请实施例的焊接方法，在焊接时，第一焊接头从第一端焊接到第二端，第二焊接头从第三端焊接到第四端，第三焊接头从第一端焊接到第三端，第四焊接头从第二端焊接到第四端，如此便完成可端盖和壳体的整圈焊接；另外，第一焊接头的焊接方向与第二焊接头的焊接方向相同，且第三焊接头的焊接方向与第四焊接头的焊接方向相同，焊接操作更为简单，更易于实现。
在一个实施例中，第二焊接头沿第三端朝向第四端的分布方向焊接第二待焊区段后再 反向朝向第四端焊接第二待焊区段；
和/或，第四焊接头沿第二端朝向第四端的分布方向焊接第四待焊区段后再反向朝向第二端焊接第四待焊区段。
本申请实施例的焊接方法，这样反向焊接的焊接材料会堆积在第四端处，减少出现熔池不足的风险，提高第四端处的焊接质量。
第二方面，提供了一种焊接装置，包括第一焊接头、第二焊接头和治具，治具用于承载盖合有端盖的壳体，治具构造有供端盖和壳体之间的待焊区外露的避空结构；
第一焊接头和第二焊接头之间形成有焊接工位；
其中，当治具位于焊接工位时，第一焊接头和第二焊接头通过避空结构分别焊接待焊区位于端盖相对两侧的待焊区段。
本申请实施例的焊接装置，在焊接时，先将盖合有端盖的壳体固定在治具内，此时，第一焊接头和第二焊接头分别位于盖合有端盖的壳体的相对两侧，之后，第一焊接头和第二焊接头分别对盖合有端盖的壳体的相对两侧的待焊区段进行焊接，如此便实现盖合有端盖的壳体的相对两侧的同时焊接，提高了焊接效率。
在一个实施例中，焊接装置还包括第一移动件，第一移动件与第一焊接头连接，并用于驱动第一焊接头相对于治具移动，以使得第一焊接头焊接对应的待焊区段；
焊接装置还包括第二移动件，第二移动件与第二焊接头连接，并用于驱动第二焊接头相对于治具移动，以使得第二焊接头焊接对应的待焊区段。
本申请实施例的焊接装置，第一移动件和第二移动件分别驱动第一焊接头和第二焊接头移动，焊接装置的整体结构简单，方便加工制作。
在一个实施例中，焊接装置还包括夹持机构，夹持机构位于焊接工位，并用于夹持固定壳体。
本申请实施例的焊接装置，夹持机构可实现壳体的定位，使得第一焊接头和第二焊接头能够准确地焊接对应的待焊区段，提高焊接精度。
在一个实施例中，夹持机构包括固定板以及与固定板连接的第一侧板和第二侧板，第一侧板、第二侧板和固定板共同围设形成夹持槽，夹持槽用于夹持壳体。
本申请实施例的焊接装置，夹持机构的结构简单，该焊接装置的制作加工方便。
在一个实施例中，第一侧板位于第一焊接头和治具之间，第二侧板位于第二焊接头和治具之间。
本申请实施例的焊接装置，通过第一侧板和第二侧板能够实现壳体的在第一焊接头和第二焊接头之间的定位，使得第一焊接头与第二焊接头与对应的待焊区段之间的间距处于合适的范围内，焊接质量好。
在一个实施例中，焊接装置还包括移动机构，移动机构用于驱动治具移动，以使得第一焊接头焊接对应的待焊接区段，第二焊接头焊接对应的待焊区段。
本申请实施例的焊接装置，在实际的焊接过程中，治具无需停止直接通过第一焊接头和第二焊接头之间即可实现焊接，这能够极大地提高焊接效率；另外，在焊接的过程中，第一焊接头和第二焊接头相对静止，无需移动，也有利于提高焊接位置的准确性，提高焊接精度。
在一个实施例中，移动机构包括间隔设置的第一输送带组件和第二输送带组件，第一输送带组件和第二输送带组件能够夹持壳体并能够使得壳体在第一输送带组件和第二输送带组件的输送下移动。
本申请实施例的焊接装置，第一输送带组件和第二输送带组件能够将壳体夹持，也会对壳体起到定位作用，有利于焊接精度的提高。
在一个实施例中，治具构造有压紧板和供盖合有端盖的壳体容置的容置槽，压紧板位于容置槽的开口处，并压紧于壳体上并将壳体朝向端盖抵推，以压紧固定端盖和壳体。
本申请实施例的焊接装置，压紧板将壳体压紧固定在壳体上，端盖和壳体可以稳定固 定在一起，从而可省掉预焊的操作，提高焊接效率；
第三方面，提供一种焊接设备，包括上述的焊接装置。
本申请实施例的焊接设备，采用了上述的焊接装置，该焊接装置的焊接效率高，也能够提高该焊接设备的焊接效率。
在一个实施例中，焊接设备包括输送装置、第一焊接装置和第二焊接装置；
第一焊接装置为焊接装置，第一焊接装置中的焊接工位为第一焊接工位，第一焊接装置中的第一焊接头和第一焊接装置中的第二焊接头能够分别焊接位于端盖相对两侧的待焊区段；
第二焊接装置为焊接装置，第二焊接装置中的焊接工位为第二焊接工位，第二焊接装置中的第一焊接头和第二焊接装置中的第二焊接头能够分别焊接位于端盖的另一相对两侧的待焊区段；
输送装置能够将治具从第一焊接工位移动到第二焊接工位。
本申请实施例的焊接设备，采用第一焊接装置中的第一焊接头和第二焊接头同时焊接端盖的相对两侧，以及第第二焊接装置中的第一焊接头和第二焊接头分别焊接端盖的另一相对两侧，焊接效率高。
第四方面，提供一种电池单体，电池单体包括壳体和端盖，端盖盖合于壳体上，端盖和壳体之间采用上述的焊接方法进行焊接。
本申请实施例的电池单体，端盖和壳体采用上述的焊接方法进行焊接，其焊接效率高，有利于提高电池单体的生产效率，降低制作成本。
附图说明
为了更清楚地说明本申请实施例中的技术方案，下面将对实施例或示范性技术描述中所需要使用的附图作简单地介绍，显而易见地，下面描述中的附图仅仅是本申请的一些实施例，对于本领域普通技术人员来讲，在不付出创造性劳动的前提下，还可以根据这些附图获得其它的附图。
图1是本申请一实施例提供的车辆的结构示意图。
图2是本申请一实施例提供的电池的结构示意图。
图3是本申请一实施例提供的电池单体的结构示意图。
图4是图3所示的电池单体的分解示意图。
图5是本申请一实施例提供的焊接设备的结构示意图。
图6是图5中位于第一焊接工位处的焊接示意图。
图7是图5中位于第一焊接工位处的焊接流程图。
图8是图5中位于第二焊接工位处的焊接示意图。
图9是图5中位于第二焊接工位处的焊接流程图。
图10是本申请另一实施例提供的焊接设备的结构示意图。
图11是图10中位于第一焊接工位处的焊接示意图。
图12是图11中位于第一焊接工位处的焊接流程图。
图13是图11中位于第二焊接工位处的焊接示意图。
图14是图11中位于第二焊接工位处的焊接流程图。
图15是本申请一实施例提供的焊接装置的一个视角的结构示意图。
图16是图15所示的焊接装置的另一个视角的结构示意图。
图17是本申请另一实施例提供的焊接装置的一个视角的结构示意图。
图18是图17所示的焊接装置的另一个视角的结构示意图。
图19是本申请又一实施例提供的焊接装置的一个视角的结构示意图。
图20是图20所示的焊接装置的另一个视角的结构示意图。
图21是图17中的第一子治具的一个视角的结构示意图。
图22是图17中的第一子治具的另一个视角的结构示意图。
图23是图17中的第一子治具的又一个视角的结构示意图。
1000、车辆；1100、电池；1200、控制器；1300、马达；10、箱体；11、第一部分；12、第二部分；20、电池单体；21、壳体；22、端盖；221、电极端子；222、泄压机构；23、电极组件；24、待焊区；241、第一待焊区段；242、第二待焊区段；243、第三待焊区段；244、第四待焊区段；240、待焊区段；
100、焊接装置；1001、焊接工位；1002、焊接头；101、第一焊接头；102、第二焊接头；103、治具；1031、第一子治具；10311、压紧板；10312、容置槽；1032、避让结构；10321、第一避空子结构；104、第一移动件；105、第二移动件；106、夹持机构；1061、固定板；1062、第一侧板；1063、第二侧板；1064、夹持槽；107、移动机构；1071、第一输送带组件；1072、第二输送带组件；108、第一驱动件；109、第二驱动件；110、第三驱动件；111、第四驱动件；
200、焊接设备；210、输送装置；220、第一焊接装置；230、第二焊接装置；231、第三焊接头；232、第四焊接头；2201、第一焊接工位；2202、第一修边工位；2203、中转工位；2204、第二焊接工位；2205、第二修边工位；2206、组装工位。
具体实施方式
下面详细描述本申请的实施例，所述实施例的示例在附图中示出，其中自始至终相同或类似的标号表示相同或类似的元件或具有相同或类似功能的元件。下面通过参考附图描述的实施例是示例性的，旨在用于解释本申请，而不能理解为对本申请的限制。
在本申请的描述中，需要理解的是，术语“长度”、“宽度”、“上”、“下”、“前”、“后”、“左”、“右”、“竖直”、“水平”、“顶”、“底”“内”、“外”等指示的方位或位置关系为基于附图所示的方位或位置关系，仅是为了便于描述本申请和简化描述，而不是指示或暗示所指的装置或元件必须具有特定的方位、以特定的方位构造和操作，因此不能理解为对本申请的限制。
此外，术语“第一”、“第二”仅用于描述目的，而不能理解为指示或暗示相对重要性或者隐含指明所指示的技术特征的数量。由此，限定有“第一”、“第二”的特征可以明示或者隐含地包括一个或者更多个该特征。在本申请的描述中，“多个”的含义是两个或两个以上，除非另有明确具体的限定。
在本申请中，除非另有明确的规定和限定，术语“安装”、“相连”、“连接”、“固定”等术语应做广义理解，例如，可以是固定连接，也可以是可拆卸连接，或成一体；可以是机械连接，也可以是电连接；可以是直接相连，也可以通过中间媒介间接相连，可以是两个元件内部的连通或两个元件的相互作用关系。对于本领域的普通技术人员而言，可以根据具体情况理解上述术语在本申请中的具体含义。
在本申请的描述中，需要说明的是，术语“和/或”，仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系，表示可以存在三种关系，例如，A和/或B，可以表示：单独存在A，同时存在A和B，单独存在B这三种情况。
还需说明的是，本申请实施例中以同一附图标记表示同一组成部分或同一零部件，对于本申请实施例中相同的零部件，图中可能仅以其中一个零件或部件为例标注了附图标记，应理解的是，对于其他相同的零件或部件，附图标记同样适用。
在本申请中，术语“一个实施例”、“一些实施例”、“示例”、“具体示例”、或“一些示例”等意指结合该实施例或示例描述的具体特征、结构、材料或者特点包含于本申请的至少一个实施例或示例中。在本说明书中，对上述术语的示意性表述不必须针对的是相同的实施例或示例。而且，描述的具体特征、结构、材料或者特点可以在任一个或多个实施例或示例中以合适的方式结合。此外，在不相互矛盾的情况下，本领域的技术人员可以将本说明书中描述的不同实施例或示例以及不同实施例或示例的特征进行结合和组合。
在本申请中，为了方便描述，附图中的Z轴表示上下方向，Z轴的正向表示上，Z轴 的负向表示下，附图中的Y轴表示前后方向，Y轴的正向表示后，Y轴的负向表示前，附图中的X轴表示左右方向，X轴的正向表示右，X轴的负向表示左。
目前，从市场形势的发展来看，电池的应用越加广泛。电池不仅被应用于水力、火力、风力和太阳能电站等储能电源系统，而且还被广泛应用于电动自行车、电动摩托车、电动汽车等电动交通工具，以及军事装备和航空航天等多个领域。随着电池应用领域的不断扩大，其市场的需求量也在不断地扩增。
随着电池行业的飞速发展，电池的生产效率要求也越来越高，同时，也对电池生产过程中的焊接工艺提出更高的要求；在电池单体的焊接工艺中最重要的工艺是壳体和端盖的焊接封装；焊接时，将带有端盖部分的电极组件装入壳体内后，再将端盖的周缘与壳体开口处的周缘焊接在一起，使得壳体和端盖形成一个整体；但端盖和壳体的焊接效率低，无法满足更高的生产效率要求。
申请人，发现壳体与端盖之间的焊接效率低的主要原因在于：在壳体与端盖的焊接过程中，端盖盖合于壳体的开口处后，焊接头需绕端盖行走一圈，从而将端盖的周缘和壳体开口处的周缘焊接在一起，这种焊接方法的焊接时间长，焊接效率低下，限制生产效率提升，降低电池单体的生产效率。
为了提升壳体与端盖之间的焊接效率，申请人经过深入研究，设计了一种焊接方法，该焊接方法利用第一焊接头和第二焊接头分别从端盖的相对两侧对壳体和端盖进行焊接，这种焊接方法与采用绕圈的焊接方法相比，焊接效率高。
本申请实施例公开的焊接方法、焊接装置、焊接设备、采用上述焊接方法得到的电池单体以及电池和使用该电池作为电源的用电装置，当然该焊接方法还可以应用于其他产品中的端盖和壳体之间的焊接；用电装置可以为但不限于手机、平板、笔记本电脑、电动玩具、电动工具、电瓶车、电动汽车、轮船、航天器等等。其中，电动玩具可以包括固定式或移动式的电动玩具，例如，游戏机、电动汽车玩具、电动轮船玩具和电动飞机玩具等等，航天器可以包括飞机、火箭、航天飞机和宇宙飞船等等。
以下实施例为了方便说明，以本申请一实施例的一种用电装置为车辆1000为例进行说明。
请参照图1，图1为本申请一些实施例提供的车辆1000的结构示意图。车辆1000可以为燃油汽车、燃气汽车或新能源汽车，新能源汽车可以是纯电动汽车、混合动力汽车或增程式汽车等。车辆1000的内部设置有电池1100，电池1100可以设置在车辆1000的底部或头部或尾部。电池1100可以用于车辆1000的供电，例如，电池1100可以作为车辆1000的操作电源。车辆1000还可以包括控制器1200和马达1300，控制器1200用来控制电池1100为马达1300供电，例如，用于车辆1000的启动、导航和行驶时的工作用电需求。
在本申请一些实施例中，电池1100不仅可以作为车辆1000的操作电源，还可以作为车辆1000的驱动电源，代替或部分地代替燃油或天然气为车辆1000提供驱动动力。
请参照图2，作为电池1100的一种实施例，电池1100包括箱体10和电池单体20，电池单体20容纳于箱体10内。其中，箱体10用于为电池单体20提供容纳空间，箱体10可以采用多种结构。在一些实施例中，箱体10可以包括第一部分11和第二部分12，第一部分11与第二部分12相互盖合，第一部分11和第二部分12共同限定出用于容纳电池单体20的容纳空间。第二部分12可以为一端开口的空心结构，第一部分11可以为板状结构，第一部分11盖合于第二部分12的开口侧，以使第一部分11与第二部分12共同限定出容纳空间；第一部分11和第二部分12也可以是均为一侧开口的空心结构，第一部分11的开口侧盖合于第二部分12的开口侧。当然，第一部分11和第二部分12形成的箱体10可以是多种形状，比如，圆柱体、长方体等。
在电池1100中，电池单体20可以是多个，多个电池单体20之间可串联或并联或混联，混联是指多个电池单体20中既有串联又有并联。
在一实施例中，多个电池单体20之间可直接串联或并联或混联在一起，再将多个电 池单体20构成的整体容纳于箱体10内；当然，电池1100也可以是多个电池单体20先串联或并联或混联组成电池模块形式，多个电池模块再串联或并联或混联形成一个整体，并容纳于箱体10内。电池1100还可以包括其他结构，例如，该电池1100还可以包括汇流部件，用于实现多个电池单体20之间的电连接。
其中，每个电池单体20可以为二次电池或一次电池；还可以是锂硫电池、钠离子电池或镁离子电池，但不局限于此。电池单体20可呈扁平体、长方体或其它形状等。
作为电池1100的另一种实施例，电池1100可以不包括该箱体10，而是将多个电池单体20进行电连接，并通过必要的固定结构形成一整体后装配到用电装置中。
请参照图3和图4，图3为本申请一些实施例提供的电池单体20的结构示意图，图4为本申请一些实施例提供的电池单体20的分解结构示意图。电池单体20是指组成电池的最小单元。如图3，电池单体20包括有壳体21、端盖22、电极组件23以及其他的功能性部件。
端盖22是指盖合于壳体21的开口处以将电池单体20的内部环境隔绝于外部环境的部件。不限地，端盖22的形状可以与壳体21的形状相适应以配合壳体21。可选地，端盖22可以由具有一定硬度和强度的材质(如铝合金)制成，这样，端盖22在受挤压碰撞时就不易发生形变，使电池单体20能够具备更高的结构强度，安全性能也可以有所提高。端盖22上可以设置有如电极端子221等的功能性部件。电极端子221可以用于与电极组件23电连接，以用于输出或输入电池单体20的电能。在一些实施例中，端盖22上还可以设置有用于在电池单体20的内部压力或温度达到阈值时泄放内部压力的泄压机构222。端盖22的材质也可以是多种的，比如，铜、铁、铝、不锈钢、铝合金、塑胶等，本申请实施例对此不作特殊限制。在一些实施例中，在端盖22的内侧还可以设置有绝缘件，绝缘件可以用于隔离壳体21内的电连接部件与端盖22，以降低短路的风险。示例性的，绝缘件可以是塑料、橡胶等。
壳体21是用于配合端盖22以形成电池单体20的内部环境的组件，其中，形成的内部环境可以用于容纳电极组件23、电解液以及其他部件。壳体21和端盖22可以是独立的部件，可以于壳体21上设置开口，通过在开口处使端盖22盖合开口以形成电池单体20的内部环境。具体地，端盖22和壳体21可以在其他部件入壳前先形成一个共同的连接面，当需要封装壳体21的内部时，再使端盖22盖合壳体21。壳体21可以是多种形状和多种尺寸的，例如长方体形、六棱柱形等。具体地，壳体21的形状可以根据电极组件23的具体形状和尺寸大小来确定。壳体21的材质可以是多种，比如，铜、铁、铝、不锈钢、铝合金、塑胶等，本申请实施例对此不作特殊限制。
电极组件23是电池单体20中发生电化学反应的部件。壳体21内可以包含一个或更多个电极组件23。电极组件23包括正极、负极以及隔离件。在电池单体20充放电过程中，活性离子(例如锂离子)在正极和负极之间往返嵌入和脱出。隔离件设置在正极和负极之间，可以起到减少正负极短路的作用，同时可以使活性离子通过。
在一些实施例中，正极可以为正极片，正极片可以包括正极集流体以及设置在正极集流体至少一个表面的正极活性材料。
在一些实施例中，负极可以为负极片，负极片可以包括负极集流体以及设置在负极集流体至少一个表面上的负极活性材料。
在一些实施方式中，隔离件为隔离膜。本申请对隔离膜的种类没有特别的限制，可以选用任意公知的具有良好的化学稳定性和机械稳定性的多孔结构隔离膜。
在一些实施方式中，电极组件23为卷绕结构。正极片、负极片卷绕成卷绕结构。
在一些实施方式中，电极组件23为叠片结构。
结合图3、图5和图6所示，在本申请的一个实施例中，提供一种焊接方法，包括以下步骤：
将盖合有端盖22的壳体21放置于治具103内，治具103构造有供端盖22和壳体21 之间的待焊区24外露的避空结构，待焊区24包括位于端盖22相对两侧的第一待焊区段241和第二待焊区段242；
将治具103移动到焊接设备200的第一焊接工位2201，焊接设备200的第一焊接头101通过避空结构焊接第一待焊区段241，焊接设备200的第二焊接头102通过避空结构焊接第二待焊区段242，其中，第一焊接工位2201位于第一焊接头101和第二焊接头102之间。
治具103是指用于收容固定盖合有端盖22的壳体21的部件，盖合有端盖22的壳体21在治具103内是端盖22和壳体21相对固定，从而方便后续的焊接操作。
焊接设备200是指能够将端盖22和壳体21焊接在一起的设备，其中，焊接设备200可为激光焊接设备、电焊设备、气焊设备等。
第一焊接头101是指焊接设备200中一个实现焊接的执行部件，第二焊接头102是指焊接设备200中另一个用实现焊接的执行部件；例如图5所示，第一焊接头101和第二焊接头102可为激光焊接头，当然在其他实施例中，第一焊接头101和第二焊接头102还可以为电焊头等，根据实际的焊接需要进行设定即可，在此不做限定。
盖设有端盖22的壳体21，可以理解的是，端盖22盖合在壳体21的开口处，端盖22的周缘与壳体21开口处的周缘处需要焊接一圈，从而将端盖22和壳体21连接为一个整体，同时，还可以将端盖22和壳体21围设形成的内部空间密封；其中，端盖22的形状与壳体21的开口的形状相适配，使得壳体21的开口能够完全封闭；端盖22的形状可为三角形、四边形、五边形等规则形状，当然也可为不规则形状，在此不做限定；例如图3和图4所示，端盖22可为电池单体20中的端盖22，壳体21可为电池单体20中的壳体21，端盖22和壳体21盖合焊接在一起后，可实现密封，减少漏液风险，端盖22的形状为长方形，壳体21为长方体。
端盖22和壳体21之间的待焊区24是指端盖22和壳体21的连接区域，例如图3和图5所示，待焊区24是指端盖22的周缘和壳体21开口处的周缘共同形成且需要焊接的区域，其中，第一待焊区段241是指待焊区24位于端盖22的一侧的区域段，第二待焊区段242是指待焊区24位于端盖22的另一侧的区域段，且第一待焊区段241和第二待焊区段242位于端盖22的相对两侧；第一待焊区段241可以是指位于端盖22一侧的一边部处需要焊接的区域，同理，第二待焊区段242可以是指位于端盖22另一侧的一边部处需要焊接的区域例如图7所示，第一待焊区段241是指端盖22后侧的长边部处需要焊接的区域段，第二待焊区段242是指端盖22前侧的长边部处需要焊接的区域段。
避空结构是指能够供待焊区24外露的结构，例如图15和图16所示，避空结构为开设在治具103两侧的通孔；再例如图21～23所示，避空结构为位于容置槽10312的前后侧的开口，当然在其他示例中，还可以为其他结构，在此不做限定。
将治具103移动到焊接设备200的第一焊接工位2201，可以理解的是，可以但不限于是通过人工或者输送装置210将治具103移动到第一焊接工位2201。第一焊接工位2201是指位于第一焊接头101和第二焊接头102之间的位置，治具103能够移动到该位置。例如图5和图7所示，当治具103位于第一焊接工位2201时，第一焊接头101和第一待焊区段241位于治具103的同一侧，第二焊接头102和第二待焊区24位于治具103的同另一侧。
焊接设备200的第一焊接头101通过避空结构焊接第一待焊区段241，焊接设备200的第二焊接头102通过避空结构焊接第二待焊区段242，例如，可以通过相对于治具103移动第一焊接头101和第二焊接头102，从而使得第一焊接头101通过避空结构焊接第一待焊区段241，第二焊接头102焊接通过避空结构焊接第二待焊区段242。
相对于治具103移动第一焊接头101和第二焊接头102，可以理解的是，第一焊接头101能够相对于治具103移动，第二焊接头102也能够相对于治具103移动。
第一焊接头101相对于治具103的移动过程中，第一焊接头101在第一待焊区段241的焊接位置发生变化，从而将第一待焊区段241整个区段焊接在一起；例如图5和图7所示，第一焊接头101相对于治具103沿端盖22后侧的长边部从左向右移动，从而将端盖 22后侧的长边部和壳体21开口处后侧的长边部焊接在一起，从而完成了第一待焊区段241的焊接。
第一焊接头101能够相对于治具103移动，可以是第一焊接头101移动，治具103固定；也可以是第一焊接头101固定，治具103移动；还可以是第一焊接头101和治具103同时移动，但两者之间存在速度差，从而使得第一焊接头101能够相对于治具103移动。
第二焊接头102相对于治具103的移动过程中，第二焊接头102在第二待焊区段242的焊接位置发生变化，从而将第二待焊区段242整个区段焊接在一起；例如图5和图7所示，第二焊接头102相对于治具103沿端盖22前侧的长边部从右向左移动，从而将端盖22前侧的长边部和壳体21开口处前侧的长边部焊接在一起，从而完成了第二待焊区段242的焊接。
第二焊接头102能够相对于治具103移动，可以是第二焊接头102移动，治具103固定；也可以是第二焊接头102固定，治具103移动；还可以是第二焊接头102和治具103同时移动，但两者之间存在速度差，从而使得第二焊接头102能够相对于治具103移动。
本申请实施例的焊接方法，先将盖合有端盖22的壳体21安装于治具103内，然后再将治具103和壳体21移动到第一焊接工位2201，与此同时，第一焊接头101和第二焊接头102位于治具103的相对于两侧；之后，第一焊接头101和第二焊接头102通过避空结构分别焊接第一待焊区段241和第二待焊区段242，便实现端盖22的相对两侧的焊接，这种焊接方法与采用绕圈的焊接方法相比，焊接效率高。
在本申请的另一个实施例中，结合图5～9所示，提供的该焊接方法，待焊区24包括多个待焊区段240，每个待焊区段240对应设置有一个焊接头1002，多个待焊区段240依次首尾相连围合形成环形结构，多个待焊区段240中的两个分别为第一待焊区段241和第二待焊区段242，第一待焊区段241对应的焊接头1002为第一焊接头101，第二待焊区段242对应的焊接头1002为第二焊接头102。
焊接头1002是指焊接设备200中一个实现焊接的执行部件；例如图5所示，焊接头1002可为激光焊接头，当然在其他实施例中，焊接头1002还可以为电焊头等，根据实际的焊接需要进行设定即可，在此不做限定。
待焊区段240是指待焊区24中位于端盖22的一边部的区域段。
多个待焊区段240依次首尾相连围合形成环形结构，每个待焊区段240对应设置有一个焊接头1002，多个待焊区段240依次首尾相连围合形成环形结构，也就是说，端盖22的周缘和壳体21开口处的周缘处形成该环形结构，该环形结构被分为多个待焊区段240，且焊接头1002与待焊区段240一一对应设置，即每个焊接头1002一一对应地焊接对应的待焊区段240，这样便可完成端盖22和壳体21的整圈焊接，使得端盖22将壳体21的内部空间完全密封；另外，端盖22和壳体21通过多个焊接头1002分段焊接，其焊接效率高。
在实际的焊接过程中，待焊区24中的相邻两个待焊区段240在同一位置处焊接结束，使得在焊接结束处可能会出现熔池不足的焊接问题。
在本申请的另一个实施例中，结合图5、图6和图7所示，提供的该焊接方法，多个待焊区段240中相对的一对待焊区段240对应的两个焊接头1002焊接方向相反。
焊接头1002焊接方向是指焊接头1002焊接待焊区段240的过程中焊接位置移动的方向，也可以是指焊接头1002相对治具103的移动方向。
多个待焊区段240中相对的一对待焊区段240对应的两个焊接头1002中的其中一个焊接头1002可参阅图6中位于后侧的空心箭头所指的方向，即从左到右焊接，另一个一个焊接头1002可参阅图6中位于前侧的空心箭头所指的方向，即从右到左焊接。
本申请实施例的焊接方法，相对的一对待焊区段240对应的两个焊接头1002焊接方向相反，这样可使得相对的一对待焊区段240中两个待焊区段的焊接起点和焊接终点分布相反，这样可减少焊接在同一处的结束的风险，有利于提高焊接质量。
在本申请的另一个实施例中，结合图5～9所示，提供的该焊接方法，多个待焊区段240 任意相邻的两个待焊区段240中的一个的焊接起点和另一个的焊接终点相连。
焊接起点是指焊接开始的位置，焊接终点是指焊接结束的位置。
本申请实施例的焊接方法，多个待焊区段240任意相邻的两个待焊区段240中的一个的焊接起点和另一个的焊接终点相连，这样使得所有的待焊区段240的焊接终点不会相重叠，有利于提高焊接质量，提高端盖22和壳体21之间的密封性能。
其中，可以通过所有的焊接头1002的焊接方向可形成一个顺时针或逆势针的环形，从而得到上述多个待焊区段240任意相邻的两个待焊区段240中的一个的焊接起点和另一个的焊接终点相连的结构。
在本申请的另一个实施例中，结合图10～图12所示，提供的该焊接方法，多个待焊区段240中相对的一对待焊区段240对应的两个焊接头1002焊接方向相同。
多个待焊区段240中相对的一对待焊区段240对应的两个焊接头1002中的其中一个焊接头的焊接方向可参阅图11位于后侧并靠左的空心箭头所指的方向，即从左往右焊接，另一个焊接头的焊接方向可参阅图11位于后侧并靠左的空心箭头所指的方向，即从左往右焊接。
本申请实施例的焊接方法，多个待焊区段240中相对的一对待焊区段240对应的两个焊接头1002焊接方向相同，焊接操作简单，也易于实现。
在本申请的另一个实施例中，提供的该焊接方法，结合图10～14所示，至少一个焊接头1002沿第一方向焊接对应的待焊区段240后再反向焊接对应的待焊区段240。
第一方向是指焊接头1002对应的待焊区段240的焊接方向，示例地，第一方向可以是从待焊区段240的一端焊接到待焊区段240的另一端所示的方向；其中，需要说明的是，不同焊接头1002的第一方向不同，其具体的根据对应待焊区段240的形状而确定。例如，第一方向可参阅图11中位于后侧并靠左的空心箭头所指的方向，即从左往右焊接；焊接头的反向焊接方向可参阅图11所示位于后侧并靠右的空心箭头所指的方向，即从右往左焊接。
本申请实施例的焊接方法，焊接头1002沿第一方向焊接对应的待焊区段240后，再反向焊接待焊区段240，这样待焊区段240的两端中，其中一端为沿第一方向的焊接起点，另一端为反向焊接的焊接起点，这样可减少相邻两个待焊区段240相连焊接终点位于同一处的风险，提高焊接质量；另外，若焊接起点与焊接终点连接，焊接起点处的焊接材料会堆积在焊接终点处的熔池处，提高焊接质量。
在本申请的另一个实施例中，结合图10和图11所示，提供的该焊接方法，待焊区段240构造有停焊位，焊接头1002从待焊区段240的一端沿第一方向焊接到停焊位后停止焊接，焊接头1002再反向焊接，以完成待焊区段240上未焊接区域的焊接。
停焊位是指焊接头1002沿第一方向焊接对应的待焊区段240的过程中停止焊接的位置，例如图11所示，可参阅图11中I所示的位置。
本申请实施例的焊接方法，在焊接头1002从待焊区段240的一端沿第一方向焊接到停焊位后，焊接头1002越过待焊区段240的另一端后，焊接头1002反向焊接到停焊位，此时，焊接头1002反向焊接完待焊区段240上的未焊接区域，这种焊接方法，使得待焊区段240的一端作为焊接头沿第一方向焊接的焊接起点，而待焊区段的另一端作为反向焊接的焊接起点，待焊区段240的两端均为焊接起点，可减少相邻两个待焊区段240相连焊接终点位于同一处的风险，有利于提高焊接质量。
在此焊接的过程中，焊接头1002未焊接完待焊区段240提前停止焊接这样焊接头1002可提前减速，从而为焊接头1002的反向移动做准备提前减速，也可以提前给焊接头1002发出反向焊接的命令，从而提高焊接效率。
在本申请的另一个实施例中，结合图10和图11所示，提供的该焊接方法，焊接头1002反向焊接到停焊位后，继续反向焊接。
本申请实施例的焊接方法，焊接头1002反向焊接到停焊位后，继续反向焊接，即在停焊位附近焊接两次形成两道焊缝，且两道焊缝在停焊位附近叠层设置，这样可提高两道焊 缝在其连接处的焊接质量，有利于提高待焊区段240整体的焊接质量。
在本申请的另一个实施例中，提供的该焊接方法，待焊区24还包括第三待焊区段243和第四待焊区段244，第三待焊区段243和第四待焊区段244位于端盖22另一相对两侧，第一待焊区段241包括相对设置的第一端和第二端，第二待焊区段242包括相对设置的第三端和第四端，第三待焊区段243连接于第一端和第三端之间；第四待焊区段244连接于第二端和第四端之间；
焊接设备200还包括第三焊接头231和第四焊接头232，第三焊接头231和第四焊接头232之间形成有第二焊接工位2204；
将治具103移动到第二焊接工位2204，第三焊接头231通过避空结构焊接第三待焊区段243，第四焊接头232通过避空结构焊接第四待焊区段244。
第一端是指第一待焊区段241中相对设置的两端中其中一端，并且是第一待焊区段241和第三待焊区段243的连接处；例如图6和图7所示，第一端位于端盖22左后侧的角部处，端盖22左后侧的角部呈弧形，这样第一焊接头101和第三焊接头231均会焊接第一端。
第二端是指第一待焊区段241中相对设置的两端中另一端，并且是第一待焊区段241和第四待焊区段244的连接处；例如图6和图7所示，第二端位于端盖22右后侧的角部处，端盖22右后侧的角部呈弧形，这样第一焊接头101和第四焊接头232均会焊接第二端。
第三端是指第二待焊区段242中相对设置的两端中其中一端，并且是第二待焊区段242和第三待焊区段243的连接处；例如图6和图7所示，第三端位于端盖22左前侧的角部处，端盖22左前侧的角部呈弧形，这样第三焊接头231和第二焊接头102均会焊接第三端。
第四端是指第二待焊区段242中相对设置的另一端中另一端，并且是第二待焊区段242和第四待焊区段244的连接处；例如图6和图7所示，第四端位于端盖22右前侧的角部处，端盖22右前侧的角部呈弧形，这样第四焊接头232和第二焊接头102均会焊接第四端。
第三待焊区段243是指待焊区24中位于第一待焊区段241的一侧并连接于第一端和第三端之间的区域段，第四待焊区段244是指待焊区24中位于第一待焊区段241的另一侧并连接于第二端和第四端之间的区域段；且第一待焊区段241、第二待焊区段242、第三待焊区段243和第四待焊区段244首尾相接形成环形结构且环设于端盖22外；其中，第三待焊区段243和第四待焊区段244可以是指位于端盖22的一边部处需要焊接的区域，其具体的根据端盖22的形状进行确定，在此不作限定；例如图7所示，第三待焊区段243是指端盖22左侧的长边部处需要焊接的区域段，第四待焊区段244是指端盖22右侧的长边部处需要焊接的区域段。
第三焊接头231是指焊接设备200中一个实现焊接的执行部件，第四焊接头232是指焊接设备200中另一个用实现焊接的执行部件；例如图5所示，第三焊接头231和第四焊接头232可为激光焊接头，当然在其他实施例中，第三焊接头231和第四焊接头232还可以为电焊头等，根据实际的焊接需要进行设定即可，在此不做限定。
将治具103移动到第二焊接工位2204内，可以理解的是，可以但不限于是通过人工或者输送装置210将治具103移动到第二焊接工位2204内。第二焊接工位2204是指位于第三焊接头231和第四焊接头232之间的位置，治具103能够移动到该位置内。例如图5和图9所示，当治具103位于第二焊接工位2204时，第三焊接头231和第三待焊区段243位于治具103的同一侧，第四焊接头232和第四待焊区24位于治具103的同另一侧。
第三焊接头231通过避空结构焊接第三待焊区段243，第四焊接头232通过避空结构焊接第四待焊区段244；例如，相对于治具103移动第三焊接头231和第四焊接头232，以使得第三焊接头231通过避空结构焊接第三待焊区段243，第四焊接头232通过避空结构焊接第四待焊区段244。
相对于治具103移动第三焊接头231和第四焊接头232，可以理解的是，第三焊接头231能够相对于治具103移动，第四焊接头232能够相对于治具103移动。
第三焊接头231相对于治具103的移动过程中，第三焊接头231在第三待焊区段243 的焊接位置发生变化，从而将第三待焊区段243整个区段焊接在一起，例如图5和图9所示，第三焊接头231相对于治具103沿端盖22左侧的短边部从前往后移动，将端盖22左侧的短边部与壳体21开口处左侧的短边部焊接在一起，从而完成了第三待焊区段243的焊接。
第三焊接头231能够相对于治具103移动，可以是第三焊接头231移动，治具103固定；也可以是第三焊接头231固定，治具103移动；还可以是第三焊接头231和治具103同时移动，但两者之间存在速度差，从而使得第三焊接头231能够相对于治具103移动。
第四焊接头232相对治具103的移动过程中，第四焊接头232在第四待焊区段244的焊接位置发生变化，从而能够件第四待焊区段244整个区段焊接在一起，例如图5和图9所示，第四焊接头232相对于治具103沿端盖22右侧的短边部从后往前移动，将端盖22左侧的短边部与壳体21开口处左侧的短边部焊接在一起，从而完成了第三待焊区段243的焊接。
第四焊接头232能够相对于治具103移动，可以是第四焊接头232移动，治具103固定；也可以是第四焊接头232固定，治具103移动；还可以是第四焊接头232和治具103同时移动，但两者之间存在速度差，从而使得第四焊接头232能够相对于治具103移动。
本申请实施例的焊接方法，将治具103移动到第二焊接工位2204，与此同时，第三焊接头231和第四焊接头232分别位于治具103的相对两侧；之后，再相对于治具103移动第三焊接头231和第三焊接头231并开启第三焊接头231和第四焊接头232，使得第三焊接头231和第四焊接头232分别通过避空结构分别焊接第三待焊区段243和第四待焊区段244，这样便完成了端盖22和壳体21另一相对于两侧的焊接。在第一焊接头101和第二焊接头102完成端盖22和壳体21相对两侧的焊接，第三焊接头231和第四焊接头232完成了端盖22和壳体21另一相对两侧的焊接，如此便可完成端盖22和壳体21的整圈焊接，使得端盖22将壳体21的内部空间完全密封。
其中，在此过程中，可将端盖22和壳体21的整圈焊接分为两步，第一步先焊接端盖22和壳体21的相对两侧，第二步再焊接端盖22和壳体21另一相对两侧，焊接难度小，也能够进一步地焊接效率高。
其中，例如图7所示，待焊区段240可以是指待焊区24中位于端盖22后侧长边部处的区域段，即第一待焊区段241；也可以是指待焊区24中位于端盖22前侧长边部处的区域段，即第二待焊区段242；也可以是指待焊区24中位于端盖44左侧短边部处的区域段，即第三待焊区段243；还可以是指待焊区24中位于端盖22右侧短边部处的区域段，即第四待焊区段244；在此需要说明的是，第一焊接头101焊接的是位于端盖22后侧长边部处的区域段，即第一待焊区段241；第二焊接头102焊接的是位于端盖22前侧长边处的区域段，即第二待焊区段242；当然在其他实施例中，第一焊接头101焊接的是位于端盖22左侧短边部处的区域段，即第三待焊区段243；第二焊接头102焊接的是位于端盖22右侧短边部处的区域段，即第四待焊区段244。
在实际的焊接过程中，焊接头焊接速度变化会带来焊接能量不稳定，进而导致可能会增加焊接缺陷的风险，从而影响焊接质量。
在本申请的另一个实施例中，结合图5、图6和图7所示，提供的该焊接方法，第一焊接头101具有第一端点位和第二端点位，第一待焊区段241位于第一端点位和第二端点位之间；在第一焊接头101焊接第一待焊区段241的过程中，第一焊接头101开启并自第一端点位开始朝向第二端点位移动，并在达到第一焊接头101的预设焊接速度后开始焊接第一待焊区段241，并以第一焊接头101的预设焊接速度焊接第一待焊区段241；当第一焊接头101移动到第二端点位后停止移动；和/或，第二焊接头102具有第三端点位和第四端点位，第二待焊区段242位于第三端点位和第四端点位之间；在第二焊接头102焊接第二待焊区段242的过程中，第二焊接头102开启并自第三端点位开始朝向第四端点位移动，并在达到第二焊接头102的预设焊接速度后开始焊接第二待焊区段242，并以第二焊接头 102的预设焊接速度焊接第二待焊区段242；当第二焊接头102移动到第四端点位后停止移动。
在一种可能的设计中，第一焊接头101具有第一端点位和第二端点位，第一待焊区段241位于第一端点位和第二端点位之间；在第一焊接头101焊接第一待焊区段241的过程中，第一焊接头101开启并自第一端点位开始朝向第二端点位移动，并在达到第一焊接头101的预设焊接速度后开始焊接第一待焊区段241，并以第一焊接头101的预设焊接速度焊接第一待焊区段241；当第一焊接头101移动到第二端点位后停止移动；其中，第一端点位和第二端点位分别为第一焊接头101移动路径的相对两端点，第一焊接头101在第一端点位和第二端点位之间的移动；例如6所示，第一焊接头101移动路径为位于后侧的空心箭头所示的路径，第一端点位为位于后侧的空心箭头的起点，即箭头A所示的位置；第二端点位为位于后侧的空心箭头的终点，即箭头B所示的位置。
第一待焊区段241位于第一端点位和第二端点位之间；可以理解的是，第一端点位和第二端点位位于第一待焊区段241的相对两侧方，例如图6所示，在第一待焊区段241的长度方向(结合图7所示X方向)上，第一端点位与端盖22的左侧面之间的间距为L1，第二端点位与端盖22的右侧面之间的间距为L2。
在第一焊接头101焊接第一待焊区段241的过程中，第一焊接头101开启并自第一端点位开始朝向第二端点位移动，并在达到第一焊接头101的预设焊接速度后开始焊接第一待焊区段241，并以第一焊接头101的预设焊接速度焊接第一待焊区段241；当第一焊接头101移动到第二端点位后停止移动；也就是说，第一焊接头101从第一端点位移动到开始焊接第一待焊区段241之前需要移动一段距离，第一焊接头101则可利用这段距离的移动，逐渐地加速到预设焊接速度，然后一直以预设焊接速度焊接第一待焊区段241，这样便可减少因第一焊接头101加速所带来的焊接缺陷风险，有利于提高第一待焊区段241的端部(即端盖22的角部)处的焊接质量；另外，在焊接第一待焊区段241后，第一焊接头101可经过一段距离减速直到第二端点位后停止，这样使得第一焊接头101在焊接第一待焊区段241的过程中无需减速可始终保持预设焊接速度进行焊接，并在焊接完第一待焊区段241后再进行减速，可减少因第一焊接头101减速所带来的焊接缺陷的风险，有利于提高第一待焊区段241的端部(即端盖22的角部)处的焊接质量。其中，第一焊接头101的预设焊接速度是指端盖22和壳体21焊接过程中第一焊接头101需要达到的移动速度；其中，第一焊接头101的预设焊接速度可根据实际的焊接需要进行选择，在此不限定。
例如图5和图6所示，第一焊接头101为激光焊接头，第一焊接头101从第一端点位移动移动L1后，此时，第一焊接头101达到预设焊接速度，然后再开始焊接第一待焊区段241，焊接完第一待焊区段241后，第一焊接头101继续朝向第二端点位减速移动L2后停止，此时，第一焊接头101位于第二端点位处，这种焊接方法，使得第一待焊区段241具有良好的焊接质量，有利于减少焊接缺陷，提高成品率。
在一实施例中，第一焊接头101的预设焊接速度大于或等于300mm/s，L1的数值范围和L2的数值范围为0～40mm，这样设置可以大幅度提升端盖22和壳体21的焊接效率，提升产能；可选地，L1的数值范围和L2的数值范围为17mm～20mm。
示例地，第一焊接头101的预设焊接速度为300mm/s，L1＝20mm，L2＝20mm，能够实现每分钟焊接22个盖合有端盖22的壳体21的产能，其焊接效率高。
在另一可能的设计中，第二焊接头102具有第三端点位和第四端点位，第二待焊区段242位于第三端点位和第四端点位之间；在第二焊接头102焊接第二待焊区段242的过程中，第二焊接头102开启并自第三端点位开始朝向第四端点位移动，并在达到第二焊接头102的预设焊接速度后开始焊接第二待焊区段242，并以第二焊接头102的预设焊接速度焊接第二待焊区段242；当第二焊接头102移动到第四端点位后停止移动。其中，第三端点位和第四端点位分别为第二焊接头102移动路径上的相对两端点，第二焊接头102在第三端点位和第四端点位之间的移动；例如6所示，第二焊接头102移动路径位于前侧的空心 箭头所示的路径吗，第三端点位为位于前侧的空心箭头的起点，即箭头C所示的位置；第四端点位为位于前侧的空心箭头的终点，即箭头D所示的位置。
第二待焊区段242位于第三端点位和第四端点位之间；可以理解的是，第三端点位和第四端点位位于第二待焊区段242的相对两侧方，例如图6所示，在第二待焊区段242的长度方向(结合图7所示X方向)上，第三端点位与端盖22的右侧面之间的间距为L3，第四端点位与端盖22的左侧面之间的间距为L4。
在第二焊接头102焊接第二待焊区段242的过程中，第二焊接头102开启并自第三端点位开始朝向第四端点位移动，并在达到第二焊接头102的预设焊接速度后开始焊接第二待焊区段242，并以第二焊接头102的预设焊接速度焊接第二待焊区段242；当第二焊接头102移动到第四端点位后停止移动。也就是说，第二焊接头102从第三端点位移动到开始焊接第二待焊区段242之前需要移动一段距离，此时，第二焊接头102则可利用这段距离的移动时间，逐渐加速达到预设焊接速度，减少第二焊接头102焊接速度加速和焊接状态不稳定所带来的焊接缺陷的风险，然后一直以预设焊接速度焊接第二待焊区段242，这样便可减少因第二焊接头102加速所带来的焊接缺陷风险，有利于提高第二待焊区段242的端部(即端盖22的角部)处的焊接质量；另外，在焊接第二待焊区段242后，第二焊接头102可经过一段距离减速直到第四端点位后停止，这样使得第二焊接头102在焊接第二待焊区段242的过程中无需减速可始终保持预设焊接速度进行焊接，并在焊接完第二待焊区段242后再进行减速，可减少因第二焊接头102减速所带来的焊接缺陷的风险，有利于提高第二待焊区段242的端部(即端盖22的角部)处的焊接质量。其中，第二焊接头102的预设焊接速度是指端盖22和壳体21焊接过程中焊接头需要达到的移动速度，其中，第二焊接头102的预设焊接速度可根据实际的焊接需要进行选择，在此不限定。
例如图5和图6所示，第二焊接头102为激光焊接头，第二焊接头102从第三端点位移动L3后，此时，第二焊接头102达到预设焊接速度，然后再开始焊接第二待焊区段242，焊接完第二待焊区段242后，第二焊接头102继续朝向第四端点位减速移动L4后停止，此时，第二焊接头102位于第四端点位处；这种焊接方法，使得第二待焊区段242具有良好的焊接质量，有利于减少焊接缺陷，提高成品率。
在一实施例中，第二焊接头102的预设焊接速度大于或等于300mm/s，L3的数值范围和L4的数值范围为0～40mm，这样设置可以大幅度提升端盖22和壳体21的焊接效率，提升产能；可选地，L3的数值范围和L4的数值范围为17mm～20mm。
示例地，第二焊接头102的预设焊接速度为300mm/s，L3＝20mm，L4＝20mm，能够实现每分钟焊接22个盖合有端盖22的壳体21的产能，其焊接效率高。
在另一可能的设计中，第一焊接头101具有第一端点位和第二端点位，第一待焊区段241位于第一端点位和第二端点位之间；在第一焊接头101焊接第一待焊区段241的过程中，第一焊接头101开启并自第一端点位开始朝向第二端点位移动，并在达到第一焊接头101的预设焊接速度后开始焊接第一待焊区段241，并以第一焊接头101的预设焊接速度焊接第一待焊区段241；当第一焊接头101移动到第二端点位后停止移动；和/或，第二焊接头102具有第三端点位和第四端点位，第二待焊区段242位于第三端点位和第四端点位之间；在第二焊接头102焊接第二待焊区段242的过程中，第二焊接头102开启并自第三端点位开始朝向第四端点位移动，并在达到第二焊接头102的预设焊接速度后开始焊接第二待焊区段242，并以第二焊接头102的预设焊接速度焊接第二待焊区段242；当第二焊接头102移动到第四端点位后停止移动。由上述的分析可知，第一待焊区段241和第二待焊区段242可得到良好的焊接，且焊接质量好，有利于提高成品率，降低制作成本。
在本申请的另一个实施例中，结合图5、图8和图9所示，提供的该焊接方法，第三焊接头231具有第五端点位和第六端点位，第三待焊区段243位于第五端点位和第六端点位之间；在第三焊接头231焊接第三待焊区段243的过程中，第三焊接头231开启并自第五端点位开始朝向第六端点位移动，并在达到第三焊接头231的预设焊接速度后开始焊接 第三待焊区段243，并以第三焊接头231的预设焊接速度焊接第三待焊区段243；当第三焊接头231移动到第六端点位后停止移动；和/或，第四焊接头232具有第七端点位和第八端点位，第四待焊区段244位于第七端点位和第八端点位之间；在第四焊接头232焊接第四待焊区段244的过程中，第四焊接头232开启并自第七端点位开始朝向第八端点位移动，并在达到第四焊接头232的预设焊接速度后开始焊接第四待焊区段244，并以第四焊接头232的预设焊接速度焊接第四待焊区段244；当第四焊接头232移动到第八端点位后停止移动。
在一种可能的设计中，第三焊接头231构造有第五端点位和第六端点位，第三待焊区段243位于第五端点位和第六端点位之间；在第三焊接头231焊接第三待焊区段243的过程中，第三焊接头231开启并自第五端点位开始朝向第六端点位移动，并在达到第三焊接头231的预设焊接速度开始焊接第三待焊区段243，并以第三焊接头231的预设焊接速度焊接第三待焊区段243；当第三焊接头231移动到第六端点位后停止移动；其中，第五端点位和第六端点位分别为第三焊接头231移动路径的相对两端点，第三焊接头231在第五端点位和第六端点位之间的移动；例如8所示，第三焊接头231移动路径为位于左侧的空心箭头所示的路径，第五端点位为位于左侧的空心箭头的起点，即箭头E所示的位置；第六端点位为位于左侧的空心箭头的终点，即箭头F所示的位置。
第三待焊区段243位于第五端点位和第六端点位之间；可以理解的是，第五端点位和第六端点位位于第三待焊区段243的相对两侧方，例如图8所示，在第三待焊区段243的长度方向(结合图8所示Y方向)上，第五端点位与端盖22的前侧面之间的间距为L5，第六端点位与端盖22的后侧面之间的间距为L6。
在第三焊接头231焊接第三待焊区段243的过程中，第三焊接头231开启并自第五端点位开始朝向第六端点位移动，并在达到第三焊接头231的预设焊接速度后开始焊接第三待焊区段243，并以第三焊接头231的预设焊接速度焊接第三待焊区段243；当第三焊接头231移动到第六端点位后停止移动；也就是说，第三焊接头231从第五端点位移动到开始焊接第三待焊区段243之前需要移动一段距离，第三焊接头231则可利用这段距离的移动，从而逐渐地达到预设焊接速度，然后一直以预设焊接速度焊接第三待焊区段243，这样便可减少因第三焊接头231加速所带来的焊接缺陷风险，有利于提高第三待焊区段243的端部(即端盖22的角部)处的焊接质量；另外，在焊接完第三待焊区段243后，第三焊接头231可经过一段距离减速直到第六端点位后停止，这样使得第三焊接头231在焊接第三待焊区段243的过程中无需减速可始终保预设焊接速度进行焊接，并在焊接完第三待焊区段243后再进行减速，可减少因第三焊接头231减速所带来的焊接缺陷的风险，有利于提高第三待焊区段243处的焊接质量。其中，第三焊接头231的预设焊接速度是指端盖22和壳体21焊接过程中第三焊接头231需要达到的移动速度；其中，第三焊接头231的预设焊接速度可根据实际的焊接需要进行选择，在此不限定。
例如图5和图8所示，第三焊接头231为激光焊接头，第三焊接头231从第五端点位移动移动L5后，此时，第三焊接头231达到预设焊接速度，然后再开始焊接第三待焊区段243，焊接完第三待焊区段243后，第三焊接头231继续朝向第六端点位减速移动L6后停止，此时，第三焊接头231位于第六端点位处；这种焊接方法，可使得第三待焊区段243具有良好的焊接质量，有利于减少焊接缺陷，提高成品率。
在一实施例中，第三焊接头231的预设焊接速度大于或等于300mm/s，L5的数值范围和L6的数值范围为0～40mm，这样设置可以大幅度提升端盖22和壳体21的焊接效率，提升产能；可选地，L5的数值范围和L6的数值范围为17mm～20mm。
示例地，第三焊接头231的预设焊接速度为300mm/s，L5＝20mm，L6＝20mm，能够实现每分钟焊接22个盖合有端盖22的壳体21的产能，其焊接效率高。
在另一可能的设计中，第四焊接头232具有第七端点位和第八端点位，第四待焊区段244位于第七端点位和第八端点位之间；在第四焊接头232焊接第四待焊区段244的过程 中，第四焊接头232开启并自第七端点位开始朝向第八端点位移动，并在达到第四焊接头232的预设焊接速度后开始焊接第四待焊区段244，并以第四焊接头232的预设焊接速度焊接第四待焊区段244；当第四焊接头232移动到第八端点位后停止移动。其中，第七端点位和第八端点位分别为第四焊接头232移动路径的相对两端点，第四焊接头232在第七端点位和第八端点位之间的移动；例如8所示，第四焊接头232移动路径为位于右侧的空心箭头所示的路径，第七端点位为位于右侧的空心箭头的起点，即箭头G所示的位置；第八端点位为位于右侧的空心箭头的终点，即箭头H所示的位置。
第四待焊区段244位于第七端点位和第八端点位之间；可以理解的是，第七端点位和第八端点位位于第四待焊区段244的相对两侧方，例如图8所示，在第四待焊区段244的长度方向(结合图8所示Y方向)上，第七端点位与端盖22的后侧面之间的间距为L7，第八端点位与端盖22的前侧面之间的间距为L8。
在第四焊接头232焊接第四待焊区段244的过程中，第四焊接头232开启并自第七端点位开始朝向第八端点位移动，并在达到第四焊接头232的预设焊接速度后开始焊接第四待焊区段244，并以第四焊接头232的预设焊接速度焊接第四待焊区段244；当第四焊接头232移动到第八端点位后停止移动。也就是说，第四焊接头232从第七端点位移动到开始焊接第四待焊区段244之前需要移动一段距离，第四焊接头232则可利用这段距离的移动，从而逐渐加速达到预设焊接速度，然后一直以预设焊接速度焊接第四待焊区段244，这样便可减少因第四焊接头232加速所带来的焊接缺陷风险，有利于提高第四待焊区段244的端部(即端盖22的角部)处的焊接质量；另外，在焊接完第四待焊区段244后，第四焊接头232可经过一段距离减速直到第八端点位后停止，这样使得第四焊接头232在焊接第四待焊区段244的过程中无需减速可始终保预设焊接速度进行焊接，并在焊接完第四待焊区段244后再进行减速，可减少因第四焊接头232减速所带来的焊接缺陷的风险，有利于提高第四待焊区段244的端部(即端盖22的角部)处的焊接质量。其中，第四焊接头232的预设焊接速度是指端盖22和壳体21焊接过程中第四焊接头232需要达到的移动速度；其中，第四焊接头232的预设焊接速度；可根据实际的焊接需要进行选择，在此不限定。
例如图5和图8所示，第四焊接头232为激光焊接头，第四焊接头232从第五端点位移动L7后，此时，第四焊接头232达到预设焊接速度，然后再开始焊接第四待焊区段244，焊接完第四待焊区段244后，第四焊接头232继续朝向第八端点位减速移动L8后停止，此时，第四焊接头232位于第八端点位处；这种焊接方法可使得第四待焊区段244具有良好的焊接质量，有利于减少焊接缺陷，提高成品率。
在一实施例中，第四焊接头232的预设焊接速度大于或等于300mm/s，L7的数值范围和L8的数值范围为0～40mm，这样设置可以大幅度提升端盖22和壳体21的焊接效率，提升产能；可选地，L7的数值范围和L8的数值范围为17mm～20mm。
示例地，第四焊接头232的预设焊接速度为300mm/s，L7＝20mm，L8＝20mm，能够实现每分钟焊接22个盖合有端盖22的壳体21的产能，其焊接效率高。
在另一可能的设计中，第三焊接头231具有第五端点位和第六端点位，第三待焊区段243位于第五端点位和第六端点位之间；在第三焊接头231焊接第三待焊区段243的过程中，第三焊接头231开启并自第五端点位开始朝向第六端点位移动，并在达到第三焊接头231的预设焊接速度后开始焊接第三待焊区段243，并以第三焊接头231的预设焊接速度焊接第三待焊区段243；当第三焊接头231移动到第六端点位后停止移动；和/或，第四焊接头232具有第七端点位和第八端点位，第四待焊区段244位于第七端点位和第八端点位之间；在第四焊接头232焊接第四待焊区段244的过程中，第四焊接头232开启并自第七端点位开始朝向第八端点位移动，并在达到第四焊接头232的预设焊接速度后开始焊接第四待焊区段244，并以第四焊接头232的预设焊接速度焊接第四待焊区段244；当第四焊接头232移动到第八端点位后停止移动。由上述的分析可知，第三待焊区段243和第四待焊区段244可得到良好的焊接，且焊接质量好，有利于提高成品率，降低制作成本。
在实际的焊接过程中，待焊区24中的相邻两个待焊区段240在同一位置处焊接结束，使得在焊接结束处可能会出现熔池不足的焊接问题。
在本申请的另一个实施例中，提供的该焊接方法，第一焊接头101相对于治具103的移动方向与第二焊接头102相对于治具103的移动方向相反。
第一焊接头101相对治具103的移动方向可以是例如图6所示的X轴的正向；第二焊接头102相对于治具103的移动方向可以是例如图6所示的X轴的负向。当然在其他实施例中还可以其他方向，在此不做限定。
本申请实施例的焊接方法，第一焊接头101相对于治具103的移动方向和第二焊接头102的相对治具103的移动方向相反，这样可使得第一待焊区段241的焊接起点和焊接终点与第二待焊区段242的焊接起点和焊接终点分布相反，这样可减少焊接在同一处的结束的风险，有利于提高焊接质量。
在本申请的另一个实施例中，提供的该焊接方法，第三焊接头231相对于治具103的移动方向与第四焊接头232相对于治具103的移动方向相反。
第三焊接头231相对治具103的移动方向可以是例如图8所示的Y轴的正向；第四焊接头232相对于治具103的移动方向可以是例如图8所示的Y轴的负向。当然在其他实施例中还可以其他方向，在此不做限定。
本申请实施例的焊接方法，第三焊接头231相对于治具103的移动方向和第四焊接头232的相对治具103的移动方向相反，这样可使得第三待焊区段243的焊接起点和结束位置与第四待焊区段244的焊接起点和结束位置分布相反，这样可减少焊接在同一处的结束的风险，有利于提高焊接质量。
在本申请的另一个实施例中，提供的该焊接方法，第一焊接头101相对于治具103沿第一端朝向第二端的分布方向焊接第一待焊区段241，第二焊接头102沿第四端朝向第三端的分布方向焊接第二待焊区段242；第三焊接头231沿第三端朝向第一端的分布方向焊接第三待焊区段243，第四焊接头232沿第二端朝向第四端的分布方向焊接第四待焊区段244。
第一焊接头101相对于治具103沿第一端朝向第二端的分布方向焊接第一待焊区段241，例如结合图5、图6和图7所示，第一端朝向第二端的分布方向可参阅图6所示位于后侧的空心箭头所指的方向，即第一焊接头101从左往右移动焊接。
第二焊接头102沿第四端朝向第三端的分布方向焊接第二待焊区段242；例如结合图5、图6和图7所示，第四端朝向第三端的分布方向可参阅图6所示位于前侧的空心箭头所指的方向，即第二焊接头102从右往左移动焊接。
第三焊接头231沿第三端朝向第一端的分布方向焊接第三待焊区段243，例如结合图5、图8和图9所示，沿第三端朝向第一端的分布方向可参阅图8所示位于左侧的空心箭头所指的方向，即第三焊接头231从前往后移动焊接。
第四焊接头232沿第二端朝向第四端的分布方向焊接第四待焊区段244。例如结合图5、图8和图9所示，第二端朝向第四端的分布方向可参阅图8所示位于右侧的空心箭头所指的方向，即第四焊接头232从后往前移动焊接。
本申请实施例的焊接方法，在焊接时，第一焊接头101从第一端焊接到第二端，第四焊接头232从第二端焊接到第四端，第二焊接头102从第四端焊接到第三端，第三焊接头231从第三端焊接到第四端，使得第一端、第二端、第三端和第四端均既是指一个焊接头的焊接起点，也是另一个焊接头的焊接终点，使得焊接过程中不会同一位置结束，从而减少了出现焊接缺陷风险，有利于提高焊接质量。
结合图5～9所示，第一焊接头101、第二焊接头102、第三焊接头231和第四焊接头232的移动方向可形成一个示意顺时针转动的环形，当然在其他实施例中，该环形也可示意逆时针转动，其具体的根据实际需要设定第一焊接头101、第二焊接头102、第三焊接头231和第四焊接头232的移动方向即可。
在本申请的另一个实施例中，提供的该焊接方法，第一焊接头101相对于治具103的移动方向与第二焊接头102相对于治具103的移动方向相同。
第一焊接头101相对治具103的移动方向可以是例如图11所示的X方向；第二焊接头102相对于治具103的移动方向可以是例如图11所示的X方向。当然在其他实施例中还可以其他方向，在此不做限定。
本申请实施例的焊接方法，第一焊接头101相对于治具103的移动方向与第二焊接头102相对于治具103的移动方向相同，焊接操作简单，也易于实现。
在本申请的另一个实施例中，提供的该焊接方法，第三焊接头231相对于治具103的移动方向与第四焊接头232相对于治具103的移动方向相同。
第三焊接头231相对治具103的移动方向可以是例如图13所示的Y方向；第四焊接头232相对于治具103的移动方向可以是例如图13所示的Y方向。当然在其他实施例中还可以其他方向，在此不做限定。
本申请实施例的焊接方法，第三焊接头231相对于治具103的移动方向与第四焊接头232相对于治具103的移动方向相同，焊接操作简单，也易于实现。
在本申请的另一个实施例中，结合图10～14所示，提供的该焊接方法，第一焊接头101沿第一端朝向第二端的分布方向焊接第一待焊区段241，第二焊接头102沿第三端朝向第四端的分布方向焊接第二待焊区段242；第三焊接头231沿第一端朝向第三端的分布方向焊接第三待焊区段243，第四焊接头232沿第二端朝向第四端的分布方向焊接第四待焊区段244。
第一焊接头101沿第一端朝向第二端的分布方向焊接第一待焊区段241，例如图11所示，沿第一端朝向第二端的分布方向可参阅图11中位于后侧并靠左的空心箭头所指的方向。
第二焊接头102沿第三端朝向第四端的分布方向焊接第二待焊区段242；例如图11所示，沿第三端朝向第四端的分布方向可参阅图11中位于前侧并靠左的空心箭头所指的方向。
第三焊接头231沿第一端朝向第三端的分布方向焊接第三待焊区段243，例如图13所示，沿第一端朝向第三端的分布方向可参阅图13中位于左侧并靠后的空心箭头所指的方向。
第四焊接头232沿第二端朝向第四端的分布方向焊接第四待焊区段244例如图13所示，沿第二端朝向第四端的分布方向可参阅图13中位于右侧并靠后的空心箭头所指的方向。
本申请实施例的焊接方法，在焊接时，第一焊接头101从第一端焊接到第二端，第二焊接头102从第三端焊接到第四端，第三焊接头231从第一端焊接到第三端，第四焊接头232从第二端焊接到第四端，如此便完成可端盖22和壳体21的整圈焊接；另外，第一焊接头101的焊接方向与第二焊接头102的焊接方向相同，且第三焊接头231的焊接方向与第四焊接头232的焊接方向相同，焊接操作更为简单，更易于实现。
但该焊接方法，在实际使用过程中，第二焊接头102和第四焊接头232均在第四端处结束焊接，可能使得第四端处存在熔池不足的焊接缺陷的问题。
在本申请的另一个实施例中，结合图10、图13和图14所示，提供的该焊接方法，第二焊接头102沿第三端朝向第四端的分布方向焊接第二待焊区段242后再反向朝向第四端焊接第二待焊区段242；
和/或，第四焊接头232沿沿第二端朝向第四端的分布方向焊接第四待焊区段244后再反向朝向第二端焊接第四待焊区段244。
在一种可能的设计中，第四焊接头232沿第二端朝向第四端的分布方向焊接第四待焊区段244后再反向朝向第二端焊接第四待焊区段244。
沿第二端朝向第四端的分布方向可参阅图13中位于右侧并靠后的空心箭头所指的方向，即从后到前移动焊接。第四焊接头232反向朝向第二端的焊接方向可参阅图13中位于右侧并靠前的空心箭头所指的方向，即从前到后移动焊接。
当第四焊接头232从第二端焊接到第四端后再反向朝向第二端焊接，此时第四端作为第四焊接头232的反向移动的焊接起点，这样反向焊接的焊接材料会堆积在第四端处，减 少出现熔池不足的风险，提高第四端处的焊接质量。
在本申请的另一个实施例中，结合图10、图13和图14所示，提供的该焊接方法，第四待焊区段244内构造有第一停焊位，第一停焊位位于第二端和第四端之间；在第四焊接头232焊接到第一停焊位时，第四焊接头232关闭；当第四焊接头232减速并越过第四端后，第四焊接头232再次开启并反向朝向第二端移动并焊接到第一停焊位。
第一停焊位是指第四焊接头232从第二端焊接到第四端的过程中停止焊接的位置，例如图13和图14所示，第四焊接头232从箭头G所指的位置沿图中位于右侧并靠后的空心箭头移动，其中，第四焊接头232移动到该空心箭头的终点时，第四焊接头232焊接的位置即为第一停焊位，可参阅图13中M所示的位置。
本申请实施例的焊接方法，在第四焊接头232焊接到第一停焊位时，第四焊接头232关闭；当第四焊接头232减速并越过第四端后，第四焊接头232再次开启并反向朝向第二端移动并焊接到第一停焊位；第四焊接头232未焊接完第四待焊区段244后，提前停止焊接，然后，再利用第四焊接头232减速移动并越过第四端后，再反向移动焊接第四待焊区段244上未被焊接的区域，如此便完成第四待焊区段244的焊接；而这种焊接方法，使得第四端作为第四焊接头232反向焊接的焊接起点，进而使得第二焊接头102和第四焊接头232的焊接停止位置不会同时在第四端处，从而有利于提高第四端处的焊接质量；另外，在此焊接的过程中，第四焊接头232未焊接完第四待焊区段244提前停止焊接并减速，这样可为第四焊接头232的反向移动做准备提前减速，也可以提前给第四焊接头232发出反向焊接的命令，从而提高焊接效率。
在本申请的另一个实施例中，结合图10、图13和图14所示，提供的该焊接方法，第四焊接头232反向焊接到第一停焊位后，继续朝向第二端移动焊接。
本申请实施例的焊接方法，第四焊接头232反向焊接到第一停焊位后，继续朝向第二端移动焊接，即在第一停焊位附近焊接两次形成两道焊缝，且两道焊缝在第一停焊位附近叠层设置，这样可提高两道焊缝在其连接处的焊接质量，有利于提高第四待焊区段244整体的焊接质量。
在本申请的另一个实施例中，结合图10、图13和图14所示，提供的该焊接方法，第三焊接头231从第一端移动到第三端后再反向朝向第一端移动。
第三焊接头231从第一端移动到第三端的移动方向可参阅图11中位于左侧并靠后的空心箭头所指的方向，即从后到前移动。第三焊接头231朝向第一端移动的方向可参阅图11中位于左侧并靠前的空心箭头所指的方向，即从前到后移动。
本申请实施例的焊接方法，当第三焊接头231从第一端移动到第三端后再反向朝向第一端移动并焊接，使得第二焊接头102的焊接起点和第三焊接头231的反向焊接起点在第三端处交汇，从而有利于提高第三端处的焊接质量。
在本申请的另一个实施例中，结合图10、图13和图14所示，提供的该焊接方法，第三待焊区段243内构造有第二停焊位，第二停焊位位于第一端和第三端；在第三焊接头231焊接到第二停焊位时，第三焊接头231关闭；当第三焊接头231越过第三端后，第三焊接头231再次开启并反向朝向第一端移动并焊接到第二停焊位。
第二停焊位是指第三焊接头231从第一端焊接到第三端的过程中停止焊接的位置，例如图13和图14所示，第三焊接头231从箭头E所指的位置沿图中位于左侧并靠后的空心箭头移动，其中，第三焊接头231移动到该空心箭头的终点时，第三焊接头231焊接的位置即为第二停焊位，可参阅图13中K所示的位置。
本申请实施例的焊接方法，在第三焊接头231焊接到第二停焊位时，第三焊接头231关闭；当第四焊接头232减速并越过第三端后，第三焊接头231再次开启并反向朝向第一端移动并焊接到第二停焊位；第三焊接头231未焊接完第三待焊区段243后，提前停止焊接，然后，再利用第三焊接头231减速移动并越过第三端后，再反向移动焊接第三待焊区段243上未被焊接的区域，如此便完成了第三待焊区段243的焊接；而在此过程中，第三 焊接头231未焊接完第三待焊区段243提前停止焊接并减速，这样可为第三焊接头231的反向移动做准备提前减速，也可以提前给第三焊接头231发出反向焊接的命令，从而提高焊接效率。
在本申请的另一个实施例中，结合图10、图13和图14所示，提供的该焊接方法，第三焊接头231反向焊接到第二停焊位后，继续朝向第一端移动焊接。
本申请实施例的焊接方法，第三焊接头231反向焊接到第二停焊位后，继续朝向第一端移动焊接，即在第二停焊位附近焊接两次形成两道焊缝，且两道焊缝在第二停焊位附近叠层设置，这样可提高两道焊缝在其连接处的焊接质量，有利于提高第三待焊区段243整体的焊接质量。
在另一种可能的设计中，结合图10、图11和图12所示，第二焊接头102沿第三端朝向第四端的分布方向焊接第二待焊区段242后再反向朝向第四端焊接第二待焊区段242。
沿第三端朝向第四端的分布方向可参阅图11中位于前侧并靠左的空心箭头所指的方向，即从左到右移动焊接。第二焊接头102朝向第三端的焊接方向可参阅图11中位于前侧并靠右的空心箭头所指的方向，即从右到左移动焊接。
当第二焊接头102从第三端焊接到第四端后再反向朝向第三端焊接，此时第四端作为第二焊接头102的反向移动的焊接起点，这样反向焊接的焊接材料会堆积在第四端处，减少出现熔池不足的风险，提高第四端处的焊接质量。
在本申请的另一个实施例中，结合图10、图11和图12所示，提供的该焊接方法，第二待焊区段242内构造有第三停焊位，第三停焊位位于第三端和第四端之间；在第二焊接头102焊接到第三停焊位时，第二焊接头102关闭；当第二焊接头102越过第四端后，第二焊接头102再次开启并反向朝向第三端移动并焊接到第三停焊位。
第三停焊位是指第二焊接头102从第三端焊接到第四端的过程中停止焊接的位置，例如图11和图12所示，第二焊接头102从箭头C所指的位置沿图中位于前侧并靠左的空心箭头移动，其中，第二焊接头102移动到该空心箭头的终点时，第二焊接头102焊接的位置即为第三停焊位，可参阅图13中J所示的位置。
本申请实施例的焊接方法，在第二焊接头102焊接到第三停焊位时，第二焊接头102关闭；当第二焊接头102减速并越过第四端后，第四焊接头232再次开启并反向朝向第三端移动并焊接到第三停焊位；第二焊接头102未焊接完第二待焊区段242后，提前停止焊接，然后，再利用第二焊接头102减速移动并越过第四端后，再反向移动焊接第二待焊区段242上未被焊接的区域，如此便完成第二待焊区段242的焊接；而这种焊接方法，使得第四端作为第二焊接头102反向焊接的焊接起点，进而使得第二焊接头102和第四焊接头232的焊接停止位置不会同时在第四端处，从而有利于提高第四端处的焊接质量；另外，在此焊接的过程中，第二焊接头102未焊接完第二待焊区段242提前停止焊接并减速，这样可为第二焊接头102的反向移动做准备提前减速，也可以提前给第二焊接头102发出反向焊接的命令，从而提高焊接效率。
在本申请的另一个实施例中，结合图10、图11和图12所示，提供的该焊接方法，第二焊接头102反向焊接到第三停焊位后，继续朝向第三端移动焊接。
本申请实施例的焊接方法，第二焊接头102反向焊接到第三停焊位后，继续朝向第三端移动焊接，即在第三停焊位附近焊接两次形成两道焊缝，且两道焊缝在第三停焊位附近叠层设置，这样可提高两道焊缝在其连接处的焊接质量，有利于提高第二待焊区段242整体的焊接质量。
在本申请的另一个实施例中，结合图10、图11和图12所示，提供的该焊接方法，第一焊接头101从第一端移动到第二端后，再反向朝向第一端移动。
第一焊接头101从第一端移动到第二端的移动方向可参阅图11中位于后侧并靠左的空心箭头所指的方向，即从左到右移动。第一焊接头101朝向第一端移动的方向可参阅图11中位于后侧并靠右的空心箭头所指的方向，即从右到左移动。
本申请实施例的焊接方法，当第一焊接头101从第一端移动到第二端后再反向朝向第一端移动并焊接，使得第四焊接头232的焊接起点和第一焊接头101的反向焊接起点在第二端处交汇，从而有利于提高第二端处的焊接质量。
在本申请的另一个实施例中，结合图10、图11和图12所示，提供的该焊接方法，第一待焊区段241内构造有第四停焊位，第四停焊位位于第一端和第二端之间；在第一焊接头101焊接到第四停焊位时，第一焊接头101关闭；当第一焊接头101越过第二端后，第一焊接头101再次开启并反向朝向第一端移动并焊接到第四停焊位。
第四停焊位是指第一焊接头101从第一端焊接到第二端的过程中停止焊接的位置，例如图11和图12所示，第一焊接头101从箭头A所指的位置沿图中位于后侧并靠左的空心箭头移动，其中，第一焊接头101移动到该空心箭头的终点时，第一焊接头101焊接的位置即为第四停焊位，可参阅图11中I所示的位置。
本申请实施例的焊接方法，在第一焊接头101焊接到第四停焊位时，第一焊接头101关闭；当第一焊接头101减速并越过第二端后，第一焊接头101再次开启并反向朝向第一端移动并焊接到第四停焊位；第一焊接头101未焊接完第一待焊区段241后，提前停止焊接，然后，再利用第一焊接头101减速移动并越过第二端后，再反向移动焊接第一待焊区段241上未被焊接的区域，如此便完成了第一待焊区段241的焊接；而在此过程中，第一焊接头101未焊接完第一待焊区段241提前停止焊接并减速，这样可为第一焊接头101的反向移动做准备提前减速，也可以提前给第一焊接头101发出反向焊接的命令，从而提高焊接效率。
在本申请的另一个实施例中，结合图10、图11和图12所示，提供的该焊接方法，第一焊接头101反向焊接到第四停焊位后，继续朝向第一端移动焊接。
本申请实施例的焊接方法，第一焊接头101反向焊接到第四停焊位后，继续朝向第一端移动焊接，即在第四停焊位附近焊接两次形成两道焊缝，且两道焊缝在第四停焊位附近叠层设置，这样可提高两道焊缝在其连接处的焊接质量，有利于提高第一待焊区段241整体的焊接质量。
在又一种可能的设计中，结合图10～14所示，第二焊接头102沿第三端朝向第四端的分布方向焊接第二待焊区段242后再反向朝向第四端焊接第二待焊区段242；
第四焊接头232沿沿第二端朝向第四端的分布方向焊接第四待焊区段244后再反向朝向第二端焊接第四待焊区段244。
本申请实施例的焊接方法，这样反向焊接的焊接材料会堆积在第四端处，减少出现熔池不足的风险，提高第四端处的焊接质量。
在本申请的另一个实施例中，结合图5～9所示，提供的该焊接方法，焊接设备200具有中转工位2203，治具103包括用于承载盖合有端盖22的壳体21的第一子治具1031和第二子治具，第一子治具1031的相对两侧均构造有第一避空子结构10321，两个第一避空子结构10321分别供第一待焊区段241和第二待焊区段242外露，第二子治具的相对两侧均构造有第二避空子结构，两个第二避空子结构分别供第三待焊区段243和第四待焊区段244外露；在焊接第一待焊区段241和第二待焊区段242之前，将盖合有端盖22的壳体21放置于第一子治具1031内，再将第一子治具1031移动到第一焊接工位2201内，第一焊接头101通过对应的第一避空子结构10321焊接第一待焊区段241，第二焊接头102焊接通过对应的第一避空子结构10321焊接第二待焊区段242；再将第一子治具1031移动到中转工位2203，再将盖合有端盖22的壳体21从第一子治具1031中取出，再放置到第二子治具内，再将第二子治具移动到第二焊接工位2204内，第三焊接头231通过对应的第二避空子结构焊接第三待焊区段243，第四焊接头232通过对应的第二避空子结构焊接第四待焊区段244。
第一子治具1031是指能够装载盖合有端盖22的壳体21并能够在第一焊接工位2201使用的治具103，第一子治具1031的相对两侧均开设有第一避空子结构10321，两个第一 避空子结构10321分别供第一待焊区段241和第二待焊区段242外露，使得第一焊接头101和第二焊接头102通过第一避空子结构10321，实现第一待焊区段241和第二待焊区段242的焊接；例如图15和图16所示，两个第一避空子结构10321分别为开设有在第一子治具1031相对两侧的通孔；再例如图21～23所示，两个第一避空子结构10321分别为开设有在第一子治具1031中容置槽10312左右两侧的开口。
第二子治具是指能够装载有盖合有端盖22的壳体21并能够在第二焊接工位2204使用的治具103，第二子治具的相对两侧均开设有第二避空子结构，两个第二避空子结构分别供第三待焊区段243和第四待焊区段244外露，使得第三焊机头和第四焊接头232通过第二避空子结构，实现第三待焊区段243和第四待焊区段244的焊接；其中，第一子治具1031和第二子治具的结构可相同，但区别在于当装载有端盖22的壳体21安装于第二子治具内，第二子治具上的两个第二避空子结构供第三待焊区段243和第四待焊区段244外露。当然在其他实施例中，第一子治具1031和第二子治具的结构也可以不同，其具体的根据实际需要选择即可，在此不作限定。
中转工位2203是指将盖合有端盖22的壳体21从第一子治具1031移入第二子治具的位置。
在实际的焊接过程中，治具103要让端盖22和壳体21周围的待焊区24完全外露，就需要将治具103分为完全断开的两部分，同时治具103还要能够将盖合有端盖22和壳体21的固定，这利用一个治具103难以实现；而本申请实施例的焊接方法，先将盖合有端盖22的壳体21安装第一子治具1031内，且第一待焊区段241和第二待焊区段242通过对应的第一避空子结构10321外露；之后，再将第一子治具1031移动到第一焊接工位2201内，第一焊接头101通过对应的第一避空子结构10321焊接第一待焊区段241，第二焊接头102在通过对应的第一避空子结构10321焊接第二待焊区段242；完成第一待焊区段241和第二待焊区段242的焊接后，再将第一子治具1031移动到中转工位2203，再将端盖22的壳体21从第一子治具1031移入第二子治具内，且第三待焊区段243和第四待焊区段244通过对应的第二避空子结构外露；之后，再将第二子治具移入第二焊接工位2204内，第三焊接头231和第四焊接头232分别通过对应的第二避空子结构对第三待焊区段243和第四待焊区段244进行焊接，如此便完成了端盖22和壳体21的整圈焊接；并且，利用第一子治具1031和第二子治具分别将端盖22和壳体21的待焊区24分段外露，使得第一子治具1031和第二子治具无需断开，盖合有端盖22的壳体21在治具103内的固定可靠性好，有利于提高焊接质量，从而也能够降低端盖22和壳体21之间的焊接难度，提高端盖22和壳体21的焊接效果。
当然在其他实施例中，焊接设备200还可以不设置中转工位2203，治具103为一个部件，该治具103能够让整个待焊区24外露即可，在此不做限定。
在本申请的另一个实施例中，结合图5～9所示，提供的该焊接方法，焊接设备200还具有第一修边工位2202；
在第一子治具1031移出第一焊接工位2201之后，移入中转工位2203之前，将第一子治具1031移动到第一修边工位2202内，对第一待焊区段241内形成第一焊缝结构以及第二待焊区段242内形成的第二焊缝结构进行修边处理。
第一修边工位2202是指对第一待焊区段241内形成第一焊缝结构以及第二待焊区段242内形成的第二焊缝结构进行修边处理的位置。可以理解的是，焊接设备200包括第一修边装置，第一修边装置对第一待焊区段241内形成第一焊缝结构以及第二待焊区段242内形成的第二焊缝结构进行修边处理。其中，第一修边装置为目前市面上较为常见任一焊缝修边装置，在此不再赘述。
本申请实施例的焊接方法，当第一待焊区段241和第二待焊区段242焊接完成后，第一待焊区段241内形成第一焊缝结构，第二待焊区段242内形成第二焊缝结构；之后，将第一子治具1031被移动到第一修边工位2202内，然后，对第一焊缝结构和第二焊缝结构 进行修边处理，磨掉抹掉第一焊缝结构和第二焊缝结构上凸出端盖22和壳体21外的部分，使得端盖22和壳体21具有良好的外观品质，也可减少对其他部件的损伤风险。
在本申请的另一个实施例中，结合图5～9所示，提供的该焊接方法，焊接设备200还具有第二修边工位2205；在焊接完第三待焊区段243和第四待焊区段244之后，将第二子治具移动到第二修边工位2205，对第三待焊区段243内形成第三焊缝结构以及第四待焊区段244内形成的第四焊缝结构进行修边处理。
第二修边工位2205是指对第三待焊区段243内形成第三焊缝结构以及第四待焊区段244内形成的第四焊缝结构进行修边处理的位置。可以理解的是，焊接设备200包括第二修边装置，第二修边装置对第三待焊区段243内形成第三焊缝结构以及第四待焊区段244内形成的第四焊缝结构进行修边处理。其中，第二修边装置为目前市面上较为常见任一焊缝修边装置，在此不再赘述。
本申请实施例的焊接方法，当第三待焊区段243和第四待焊区段244焊接完成后，第三待焊区段243内形成第三焊缝结构，第四待焊区段244内形成第四焊缝结构；之后，将第二子治具被移动到第二修边工位2205内，然后，对第三焊缝结构和第四焊缝结构进行修边处理，磨掉第三焊缝结构和第四焊缝结构上凸出端盖22和壳体21外的部分，使得端盖22和壳体21具有良好的外观品质，也可减少对其他部件的损伤风险。
在本申请的另一个实施例中，结合图5～9所示，提供的该焊接方法，焊接设备200还包括输送装置210，输送装置210能够将第一子治具1031输送到第一焊接工位2201、第一修边工位2202、中转工位2203内，输送装置210还能够将第二子治具输送到中转工位2203、第二焊接工位2204和第二修边工位2205内。
本申请实施例的焊接方法，利用输送装置210输送第一子治具1031和第二子治具，可实现机械化操作，有利于提高焊接效率，提高焊接质量。
在本申请的另一个实施例中，结合图5～9所示，提供的该焊接方法，在盖合有端盖22的壳体21放置于治具103内之前，将端盖22盖合于壳体21上且使得端盖22位于壳体21的下方后，再放置于治具103内。
将端盖22盖合于壳体21上且使得端盖22位于壳体21的下方后，可以理解的是，参阅图21～23所示，当盖合有端盖22的壳体21放置于治具103内后，壳体21倒扣在端盖22上，即端盖22位于壳体21的下方，一方面，壳体21自身重力下会稳定可靠地倒扣在端盖22上，提高端盖22和壳体21连接的稳定性，提高后续的焊接准确性；另一方面，焊接时，也可以减少粉尘进入壳体21的风险。
在一实施例中，结合图5所示，焊接设备200具有输送装置210，输送装置210倒L型布置，呈水平输送部分的输送装置210沿水平输送方向依次分布有组装工位2206、第一焊接工位2201、第一修边工位2202和中转工位2203，呈竖向输送部分的输送装置210沿竖向输送方向依次分部有中转工位2203、第二焊接工位2204和第二修边工位2205。
首先，结合图5所示，在组装工位2206，将壳体21倒扣在端盖22上后，再将盖合有端盖22的壳体21放置于第一子治具1031内；
之后，结合图5、图6和图7所示，输送装置210将第一子治具1031输送到第一焊接工位2201内，第一焊接头101开启并从A位置朝向B位置移动，即从左往右移动，当第一焊接头101移动L1即第一焊接头101在开始焊接第一待焊区段241之前，第一焊接头101达到第一焊接头101的预设焊接速度后，第一焊接头101继续移动并保持预设焊接速度焊接第一待焊区段241，当第一待焊区段241焊接完成后，第一焊接头101开始减速并逐渐关闭，直至移动到B位置完全停止移动和完全关闭，使得第一焊接头101加减速段均位于焊接第一待焊区段241外，从而可减少加减速速度不稳定对焊接质量的影响，有利于提高焊接质量。
与此同时，第二焊接头102开启并从C位置移动到D位置，即从右往左移动，当第二焊接头102移动L3即第二焊接头102在开始焊接第二待焊区段242之前，第二焊接头102 达到第二焊接头102的预设焊接速度后，第二焊接头102继续移动并保持第二焊接头102的预设焊接速度焊接第二待焊区段242，当第二待焊区段242焊接完成后，第二焊接头102开始减速并关闭，直至移动到D位置完全停止移动和完全关闭，使得第二焊接头102加减速段均位于焊接第二待焊区段242外，从而可减少加减速速度不稳定对焊接质量的影响，有利于提高焊接质量。
之后，结合图5所示，输送装置210将第一子治具1031移动到第一修边工位2202内，对第一待焊区段241内形成的第一焊缝结构和第二待焊区段242内形成的第二焊缝结构进行修边处理。
之后，结合图5所示，输送装置210将第一子治具1031移动到中转工位2203，再将第一子治具1031内盖合有端盖22的壳体21移动到第二子治具内。
然后，结合图5、图8和图9所示，输送装置210将第二子治具移动到第二焊接工位2204，第三焊接头231开启并从E位置开始朝向F位置移动，即从前往后移动，当第三焊接头231移动L5即第三焊接头231在开始焊接第三待焊区段243之前，第三焊接头231达到第三焊接头231的预设焊接速度后，第三焊接头231继续移动并保持预设焊接速度焊接第三待焊区段243，当第三待焊区段243焊接完成后，第三焊接头231开始减速并关闭，直至移动到F位置完全停止移动和完全关闭，这样第三焊接头231加减速段均位于焊接第三待焊区段243外，从而可减少加减速速度不稳定对焊接质量的影响，有利于提高焊接质量。
与此同时，第四焊接头232开启并从G位置移动到H位置，即从后往前移动，当第四焊接头232移动L7即第四焊接头232在开始焊接第四待焊区段244之前，第四焊接头232达到第四焊接头232的预设焊接速度后，第四焊接头232继续移动并保持第四焊接头232的预设焊接速度焊接第四待焊区段244，当第四待焊区段244焊接完成后，第四焊接头232开始减速并关闭，直至移动到D位置完全停止移动和完全关闭，使得第四焊接头232加减速段均位于焊接第四待焊区段244外，从而可减少加减速速度不稳定对焊接质量的影响，有利于提高焊接质量。
最后，结合图5所示，输送装置210将第二子治具移动到第二修边工位2205内，对第三待焊区段243内形成的第三焊缝结构和第四待焊区段244内形成的第四焊缝结构进行修边处理。
而在此焊接过程中，第一焊接头101从左到右焊接，第二焊接头102从右往左焊接，第三焊接头231从前往后焊接，第四焊接头232从后往前焊接，使得焊接头的焊接起点和焊接停止位置不会在同一位置处，从而减少出现焊接缺陷的风险，提高了焊接质量。
在一实施例中，结合图10所示，焊接设备200具有输送装置210，输送装置210倒L型布置，呈水平输送部分的输送装置210沿水平输送方向依次分布有组装工位2206、第一焊接工位2201、第一修边工位2202和中转工位2203，呈竖向输送部分的输送装置210沿竖向输送方向依次分部有中转工位2203、第二焊接工位2204和第二修边工位2205。
首先，结合图10所示，在组装工位2206，将壳体21倒扣在端盖22上后，再将盖合有端盖22的壳体21放置于第一子治具1031内；
之后，结合图10、图11和图12所示，输送装置210将第一子治具1031输送到第一焊接工位2201内，第一焊接头101开启并从A位置朝向B位置移动，即从左往右移动，当第一焊接头101移动L1即第一焊接头101在开始焊接第一待焊区段241之前，第一焊接头101达到第一焊接头101的预设焊接速度后，第一焊接头101继续移动并保持预设焊接速度焊接第一待焊区段241，当第一焊接头101焊接到位置I时，第一焊接头101关闭并减速移动；当第一焊接头101移动到位置B后，第一焊接头101开启并开始反向朝向位置A移动，即从右往左移动；当第一焊接头101移动L2即第一焊接头101再焊接第一待焊区段241之前，第一焊接头101达到第一焊接头101的预设焊接速度后，第一焊接头101继续反向移动并保持预设焊接速度焊接第一待焊区段241，待第一焊接头101焊接到位置I时， 第一焊接头101开始减速并移动一段距离后关闭，这样便实现第一待焊区段241的焊接。在此需要说明的是，为了清楚地显示第一焊接头101的移动方向，图11中后侧用了两个左右错开的空心箭头表示，而在实际的焊接过程中，第一焊接头101与端盖22的后侧面之间的距离可保持不变，也可以保持变化，根据实际的需要进行即可，在此不作限定。
与此同时，第二焊接头102开启并从C位置移动到D位置，即从左往右移动，当第二焊接头102移动L3即第二焊接头102在开始焊接第二待焊区段242之前，第二焊接头102达到第二焊接头102的预设焊接速度后，第二焊接头102继续移动并保持第二焊接头102的预设焊接速度焊接第二待焊区段242，当第二焊接头102焊接到位置J时，第二焊接头102关闭并开始减速，当第二焊接头102移动到位置D后，第二焊接头102开启并反向朝向位置C移动，即从右往左移动；当第二焊接头102移动L4即第二焊接头102在焊接第二待焊区段242之前，第二焊接头102达到第二焊接头102的预设焊接速度后，第二焊接头102继续移动并保持第二焊接头102的预设焊接速度焊接第二待焊区段242，待第二焊接头102焊接到位置J时，第二焊接头102开始减速并移动一段距离后关闭，这样便实现第二待焊区段242的焊接。在此需要说明的是，为了清楚地显示第一焊接头101的移动方向，图11中前侧用了两个左右错开的空心箭头表示，而在实际的焊接过程中，第二焊接头102与端盖22的前侧面之间的距离可保持不变，也可以保持变化，根据实际的需要进行即可，在此不作限定。
之后，结合图10所示，输送装置210将第一子治具1031移动到第一修边工位2202内，对第一待焊区段241内形成的第一焊缝结构和第二待焊区段242内形成的第二焊缝结构进行修边处理。
之后，结合图10所示，输送装置210将第一子治具1031移动到中转工位2203，再将第一子治具1031内盖合有端盖22的壳体21移动到第二子治具内。
然后，结合图10、图11和图12所示，输送装置210将第二子治具移动到第二焊接工位2204，第三焊接头231开启并从E位置开始朝向F位置移动，即从后往前移动，当第三焊接头231移动L5即第三焊接头231在开始焊接第三待焊区段243之前，第三焊接头231达到第三焊接头231的预设焊接速度后，第三焊接头231继续移动并保持预设焊接速度焊接第三待焊区段243；当第三焊接头231焊接到位置K时，第三焊接头231关闭并开始减速，直至移动到F位置后，第三焊接头231开启并反向朝向位置E移动，即从前往后移动；当第三焊接头231移动L6即第三焊接头231在反向焊接第三待焊区段243之前，第三焊接头231达到第三焊接头231的预设焊接速度后，第三焊接头231继续移动并保持预设焊接速度焊接第三待焊区段243；当第三焊接头231焊接到位置K时，第三焊接头231开始减速并移动一段距离后关闭，如此便实现了第三待焊区段243的焊接。在此需要说明的是，为了清楚地显示第三焊接头231的移动方向，图13中左侧用了两个左右错开的空心箭头表示，而在实际的焊接过程中，第三焊接头231与端盖22的左侧面之间的距离可保持不变，也可以保持变化，根据实际的需要进行即可，在此不作限定。
与此同时，第四焊接头232开启并从G位置移动到H位置，即从后往前移动，当第四焊接头232移动L7即第四焊接头232在开始焊接第四待焊区段244之前，第四焊接头232达到第四焊接头232的预设焊接速度后，第四焊接头232继续移动并保持第四焊接头232的预设焊接速度焊接第四待焊区段244；当第四焊接头232焊接到M位置时，第四焊接头232关闭并开始减速，直至移动到H位置后，第四焊接头232开启并反向朝向G位置反向移动，当第四焊接头232移动L8即第四焊接头232在开始焊接第四待焊区段244之前，第四焊接头232达到第四焊接头232的预设焊接速度后，第四焊接头232继续移动并保持第四焊接头232的预设焊接速度焊接第四待焊区段244；当第四焊接头232焊接到M位置时，第四焊接头232开始减速并移动一段距离后关闭，如此便完成了第四待焊区段244的焊接。在此需要说明的是，为了清楚地显示第四焊接头232的移动方向，图13中右侧用了两个左右错开的空心箭头表示，而在实际的焊接过程中，第四焊接头232与端盖22的左侧面之间 的距离可保持不变，也可以保持变化，根据实际的需要进行即可，在此不作限定。
最后，结合图10所示，输送装置210将第二子治具移动到第二修边工位2205内，对第三待焊区段243内形成的第三焊缝结构和第四待焊区段244内形成的第四焊缝结构进行修边处理。
而在此焊接过程中，第一焊接头101的移动方向和第二焊接头102的移动方向相同，第三焊接头231的移动方向与第四焊接头232的移动方向相同，焊接操作简单，易于实现；另外，焊接得到的焊缝结构在端盖22的角部均是焊接起点相交，端盖22和壳体21在端盖22的角部处的焊接质量好，有利于提高端盖22和壳体21的密封性能。
在本申请的另一个实施例中，结合图15和图16所示，提供一种焊接装置100，该焊接装置100包括第一焊接头101、第二焊接头102和治具103，治具103用于承载盖合有端盖22的壳体21，治具103构造有供端盖22和壳体21之间的待焊区24外露的避空结构；第一焊接头101和第二焊接头102之间形成有焊接工位1001；其中，当治具103位于焊接工位1001时，第一焊接头101和第二焊接头102通过避让结构1032焊接待焊区24位于端盖22相对两侧的待焊区段240。
焊接工位1001是指位于第一焊接头101和第二焊接头102之间的位置，且治具103移动到焊接工位1001后，第一焊接头101和第二焊接头102能够焊接对应的待焊区段240。其中，焊接工位1001可为上述的第一焊接工位2201，也可以为上述的第二焊接工位2204，根据焊接装置100在上述的焊接设备200的位置确定，在此不作限定。
待焊区段240是指待焊区24中位于端盖22的一侧的区域段。例如图7所示，待焊区段240可以是指待焊区24中位于端盖22后侧长边部处的区域段，即第一待焊区段241；也可以是指待焊区24中位于端盖22前侧长边部处的区域段。即第二待焊区段242；也可以是指待焊区24中位于端盖44左侧短边部处的区域段，即第三待焊区段243；还可以是指待焊区24中位于端盖22右侧短边部处的区域段，即第四待焊区段244；在此需要说明的是，第一焊接头101焊接的是位于端盖22后侧长边部处的区域段，即第一待焊区段241；第二焊接头102焊接的是位于端盖22前侧长边处的区域段，即第二待焊区段242；当然在其他实施例中，第一焊接头101焊接的是位于端盖22左侧短边部处的区域段，即第三待焊区段243；第二焊接头102焊接的是位于端盖22右侧短边部处的区域段，即第四待焊区段244。
本申请实施例的焊接装置100，在焊接时，先将盖合有端盖22的壳体21固定在治具103内，此时，第一焊接头101和第二焊接头102分别位于盖合有端盖22的壳体21的相对两侧，之后，第一焊接头101和第二焊接头102并分别对盖合有端盖22的壳体21的相对两侧的待焊区段240进行焊接，如此便实现盖合有端盖22的壳体21的相对两侧的同时焊接，提高了焊接效率。
在一实施例中，结合图15和图16所示，焊接装置100还包括第一驱动件108和第二驱动件109，第二驱动件109与第一驱动件108连接，第一驱动件108与第一焊接头101移动，第一驱动件108用于驱动第一焊接头101上下移动，以适应端盖22和壳体21上不同高度的待焊区段240的焊接需求；第二驱动件109用于驱动第一驱动件108和第一焊接头101前后移动，以调节第一焊接头101与壳体21上后侧的待焊区段240之间的间距，以适应不同尺寸或不同焊接要求的端盖22和壳体21的焊接需求，提高该焊接装置100的适用范围。第一驱动件108和第二驱动件109可以但不限于为气缸、直线模组等能够驱动第一焊接头101移动的部件。
在另一实施例中，焊接装置100还包括第三驱动件110和第四驱动件111，第三驱动件110与第四驱动件111连接，第三驱动件110与第二焊接头102移动，第三驱动件110用于驱动第二焊接头102上下移动，以适应端盖22和壳体21上不同高度的待焊区段240的焊接需求；另外，第四驱动件111用于驱动第三驱动件110和第二焊接头102前后移动，以调节第二焊接头102与端盖22和壳体21上前侧的待焊区段240之间的间距，以适应不 同尺寸或不同焊接要求的端盖22和壳体21的焊接需求，提高该焊接装置100的适用范围。第三驱动件110和第四驱动件111可以但不限于为气缸、直线模组等能够驱动第二焊接头102移动的部件。
在本申请的另一个实施例中，结合图17和图18所示，提供的该焊接装置100还包括第一移动件104，第一移动件104与第一焊接头101连接，并用于驱动第一焊接头101相对于治具103移动，以使得第一焊接头101焊接对应的待焊区段240；焊接装置100还包括第二移动件105，第二移动件105与第二焊接头102连接，并用于驱动第二焊接头102相对于治具103移动，以使得第二焊接头102焊接对应的待焊区段240。
第一移动件104是指能够驱动第一焊接头101移动的动力部件，例如图7、图17和图18所示，第一移动件104驱动第一焊接头101左右移动，使得第一焊接头101沿端盖22后侧的长边部的延伸方向移动，从而将端盖22后侧的长边部和壳体21开口处后侧的长边部焊接在一起。示例地，第一移动件104可为气缸、直线模组等能够驱动第一焊接头101移动的部件。
第二移动件105是指能够驱动第二焊接头102移动的动力部件，例如图7、图17和图18所示，第二移动件105驱动第二焊接头102前后移动，使得第二焊接头102沿端盖22前侧的长边部的延伸方向移动，从而将端盖22前侧的长边部和壳体21开口处前侧的长边部焊接在一起。示例地，第二移动件105可为气缸、直线模组等能够驱动第二焊接头102移动的部件。
本申请实施例的焊接装置100，在焊接时，第一移动件104驱动第一焊接头101移动，与此同时，第二移动件105驱动第二焊接头102移动，使得第一焊接头101和第二焊接头102同时相对于治具103移动，从而同时完成端盖22和壳体21的相对两侧的待焊区段240的焊接，进而提高了焊接效率；另外，第一移动件104和第二移动件105分别驱动第一焊接头101和第二焊接头102移动，焊接装置100的整体结构简单，方便加工制作。
在本申请的另一个实施例中，结合图17和图18所示，提供的该焊接装置100还包括夹持机构106，夹持机构106位于焊接工位1001处，并用于夹持固定壳体21。
夹持机构106是指能够夹持固定壳体21的机构，其中，夹持机构106可为夹爪、手指气缸等能够夹持部件的夹持机构106。
本申请实施例的焊接装置100，当治具103位于第一焊接头101和第二焊接头102之间时，夹持机构106能够夹持在壳体21外且能够固定壳体21，以实现壳体21的定位，使得第一焊接头101和第二焊接头102能够准确地焊接对应的待焊区段240，提高焊接精度。
在本申请的另一个实施例中，结合图17和图18所示，提供的该夹持机构106包括固定板1061以及与固定板1061连接的第一侧板1062和第二侧板1063，第一侧板1062、第二侧板1063和固定板1061共同围设形成夹持槽1064，夹持槽1064用于夹持壳体21。
固定板1061作为第一侧板1062和第二侧板1063的安装基体，起到支撑固定第一侧板1062和第二侧板1063的作用。
第一侧板1062是指连接于固定板1061的一侧的板件；例如图7和图8所示，固定板1061是指水平放置的板件，第一侧板1062是指连接在固定板1061的后侧的板件。
第二侧板1063是指连接固定板1061的另一侧的板件；例如图7和图8所示，第二侧板1063是指连接于固定板1061的前侧的板件。
夹持槽1064是指固定板1061、第一侧板1062和第二侧板1063的共同围设形成的槽结构，该槽结构用于供盖合有端盖22的壳体21容置，并且当壳体21收容于该夹持槽1064内后，盖合有端盖22的壳体21被定位并处于静止状态，从而使得第一焊接头101和第二焊接头102能够准确地焊接对应的待焊区24，提高焊接精度。
本申请实施例的焊接装置100，夹持机构106采用固定板1061、第一侧板1062和第二侧板1063的结构，结构简单，该焊接装置100的制作加工方便。
在另一实施例中，第一侧板1062与固定板1061之间的连接方式以及第二侧板1063与 固定板1061之间的连接方式均可以为但不限于螺栓连接、粘接、卡接、铆接、焊接、一体成型方式等。其中，一体成型是指利用挤压、注塑、压铸等一体工艺制作成型。
在另一实施例中，第一侧板1062与固定板1061可活动连接，以使得第一侧板1062和第二侧板1063之间的间距可调，从而能够夹持不同尺寸的壳体21，以扩大该焊接装置100的适用范围；示例地，第一侧板1062与固定板1061之间可通过气缸、直线模组等能够驱动第一侧板1062移动的驱动件。
在另一实施例中，第二侧板1063与固定板1061可活动连接，以使得第一侧板1062和第二侧板1063之间的间距可调，从而能够夹持不同尺寸的壳体21，以扩大该焊接装置100的适用范围；示例地，第二侧板1063与固定板1061之间可通过气缸、直线模组等能够驱动第二侧板1063移动的驱动件。
在另一实施例中，结合图17和图18所示，第一侧板1062的数量可为一个或多个，示例地，第一侧板1062的数量为两个，两个第一侧板1062前后分布，这样壳体21与夹持机构106的夹持接触位置多，壳体21的夹持稳定可靠性更好。在其他实施例中，第一侧板1062的数量可为三个、四个或者五个以上，具体的数量根据实际需要设定即可，在此不作限定。
在另一实施例中，第二侧板1063的数量可为一个或多个，示例地，第二侧板1063的数量为两个，两个第二侧板1063前后分布，这样壳体21与夹持机构106的夹持接触位置多，壳体21的夹持稳定可靠性更好。在其他实施例中，第二侧板1063的数量可为三个、四个或者五个以上，具体的数量根据实际需要设定即可，在此不作限定。
在本申请的另一个实施例中，结合图17和图18所示，提供的该焊接装置100的第一侧板1062位于第一焊接头101和治具103之间，第二侧板1063位于第二焊接头102和治具103之间。
第一侧板1062位于第一焊接机构和治具103之间，例如图17和图18所示，第一侧板1062位于壳体21的后侧。
第二侧板1063位于第二焊接机构和治具103之间，例如图17和图18所示，第二侧板1063位于壳体21的前侧。
本申请实施例的焊接装置100，第一侧板1062位于第一焊接头101和治具103之间，第二侧板1063位于第二焊接头102和治具103之间，这样通过第一侧板1062和第二侧板1063能够实现壳体21的前后定位，使得第一焊接头101与第二焊接头102与对应的待焊区段240之间的间距处于合适的范围内，焊接质量好。另外，请一并参阅图21～23所示，治具103能够实现壳体21的前后定位，夹持机构106能够实现壳体21的左右定位，如此便实现了壳体21的四周定位，壳体21的定位准确性更好，焊接质量更高。
在本申请的另一个实施例中，结合图19和图20所示，提供的该焊接装置100还包括移动机构107，移动机构107用于驱动治具103移动，以使得第一焊接头101焊接对应的待焊接区段240，第二焊接头102焊接对应的待焊区段240。
移动机构107是指能够驱动治具103移动的部件，治具103移动的过程中壳体21也随之移动，同时，第一焊接头101和第二焊接头102处于静止状态，而治具103带动壳体21移动的过程中，第一焊接头101和第二焊接头102在壳体21上的焊接位置发生变化，从而实现待焊区段240的焊接。例如图9和图10所示，移动机构107能够驱动盖合有端盖22的壳体21左右移动，使得第一焊接头101和第二焊接头102分别焊接端盖22的前后两侧的长边部处，从而将端盖22左右侧的长边部和壳体21开口处对应的长边部焊接在一起，实现端盖22的长边部处的焊接。示例地，移动机构107可为气缸、直线模组等能够驱动治具103移动的部件。
本申请实施例的焊接装置100，第一焊接头101和第二焊接头102静止不动，而治具103移动，那么在实际的焊接过程中，治具103无需停止直接通过第一焊接头101和第二焊接头102之间即可实现焊接，这能够极大地提高焊接效率；另外，在焊接的过程中，第 一焊接头101和第二焊接头102相对静止，无需移动，也有利于提高焊接位置的准确性，提高焊接精度。
在本申请的另一个实施例中，结合图19和图20所示，提供的该焊接装置100的移动机构107包括间隔设置的第一输送带组件1071和第二输送带组件1072，第一输送带组件1071和第二输送带组件1072能够夹持壳体21并能够使得壳体21在第一输送带组件1071和第二输送带组件1072的输送下移动。
第一输送带组件1071是指用于输送壳体21的输送带组件，例如图19和图20所示，第一输送带组件1071是指位于治具103后侧的输送带组件，其中，第一输送带组件1071包括驱动件、传动件和输送带，输送带套设在传动件外，驱动件驱动传动件转动，从而带动输送带移动，从而带动位于第一输送带和第二输送带之间的壳体21移动。其中，传动件可为输送辊、输送轮等部件，驱动件可为电机、马达等部件，输送带可为输送履带、输送同步带等。
第二输送带组件1072是指用于输送壳体21的输送带组件，例如图19和图20所示，第二输送带组件1072是指位于治具103前侧的输送带组件，其中，第二输送带组件1072的结构可与第一输送组件的结构相同，其具体的结构参阅上述的第一输送带组件1071的结构，当然在其他实施例中，第二输送带组件1072的结构可以与第一输送带组件1071的结构不同，在此不做限定。
第一输送带组件1071和第二输送带组件1072能够夹持壳体21并能够使得壳体21在第一输送带组件1071和第二输送带组件1072的输送下移动，可以理解的是，当装载有治具103移动到第一输送带组件1071和第二输送带组件1072之间时，第一输送带组件1071和第二输送带组件1072能够将壳体21夹住，并且在第一输送带组件1071和第二输送带组件1072的输送下，壳体21会随之左右移动，从而实现待焊区段240的焊接。
本申请实施例的焊接装置100，在焊接时，治具103移动到第一输送带组件1071和第二输送带组件1072之间，并在第一输送带组件1071和第二输送带组件1072的输送下带动治具103内的壳体21移动，从而实现待焊区段240的焊接，而第一输送带组件1071和第二输送带组件1072将壳体21夹持，也会对壳体21起到定位作用，有利于焊接精度的提高。另外，采用第一输送带组件1071和第二输送带组件1072的结构对壳体21进行输送，第一输送带组件1071和第二输送带组件1072与壳体21的相对两侧面进行接触定位，定位精度更好，焊接准确性也越好。
在本申请的另一个实施例中，结合图21～23所示，提供的该焊接装置100的治具103构造有压紧板10311和供盖合有端盖22的壳体21容置的容置槽10312，压紧板10311位于容置槽10312的开口处，并压紧于壳体21上并将壳体21朝向端盖22抵推，以压紧固定端盖22和壳体21。
在实际的焊接过程中，壳体21和端盖22在移动过程中易于相对移动，从而导致焊接的位置发生偏移等焊接精度差的问题，为了解决这一问题，通常采用预焊的方式，即在盖合有端盖22的壳体21移动到焊接位置之前，先将端盖22和壳体21初步焊接在一起，使得端盖22和壳体21相对固定而不会出现移动，从而提高后续焊接的准确性，但预焊会增加焊接工序，降低焊接效率。
治具103构造有压紧板10311和供盖合有端盖22的壳体21容置的容置槽10312，容置槽10312给盖合有端盖22的壳体21提供安装空间。
压紧板10311位于容置槽10312的开口处，并压紧于壳体21上并将壳体21朝向端盖22抵推，以压紧固定端盖22和壳体21；可以理解的是，压紧板10311位于容置槽10312的开口处，端盖22位于容置槽10312的槽底部，压紧板10311将壳体21朝向容置槽10312的槽底抵推，从而使得壳体21和端盖22压紧固定在一起，此时端盖22和壳体21可以稳定固定在一起，从而可省掉预焊的操作，提高焊接效率；并且，在压紧板10311的压紧作用下，壳体21和端盖22在焊接移动过程中也不会相对移动，使得壳体21和端盖22能够 准确地焊接在一起，焊接精度高；另外，壳体21倒扣端盖22上，壳体21的开口朝下设置，这样粉尘、焊渣等异物不会落入壳体21内。
在一实施例中，压紧板10311与治具103之间可以但不限于是螺接、卡接、转动连接等方式进行连接；在另一实施例中，压紧板10311与治具103为一体化结构。
在一实施例中，结合图15和图16所示，治具103中容纳有盖合有端盖22的壳体21，第一焊接头101、第一驱动件108和第二驱动件109均位于壳体21的后侧，第二焊接头102、第三驱动件110和第四驱动件111均位于壳体21的前侧，这样布局方便部件布置；第一驱动件108安装于第二驱动件109上，第一焊接头101安装于第一驱动件108上，第一驱动件108带动第一焊接头101上下移动，第二驱动件109带动第一焊接头101前后移动；第三驱动件110安装于第四驱动件111上，第二焊接头102安装于第三驱动件110上，第三驱动件110带动第二焊接头102上下移动，第四驱动件111带动第二焊接头102前后移动。另外，该治具103可通过输送装置210驱动移动，从而实现第一焊接头101和第二焊接头102相对于治具103的移动，进而实现对应的待焊区段240的焊接，这样结构简单，方便加工制作。
在一实施例中，结合图17和图18所示，治具103中容纳有盖合有端盖22的壳体21，夹持机构106夹持壳体21外，第一焊接头101、第一驱动件108、第二驱动件109和第一移动件104均位于壳体21的后侧，第二移动件105、第二焊接头102、第三驱动件110和第四驱动件111均位于壳体21的前侧，这样布局方便部件布置；第二驱动件109安装于第一移动件104上，第一驱动件108安装于第二驱动件109上，第一焊接头101安装于第一驱动件108上，第一驱动件108带动第一焊接头101上下移动，第二驱动件109带动第一焊接头101前后移动，第一移动件104带动第一焊接头101左右移动，从而实现对应的待焊区段240的焊接；第四驱动件111安装于第二移动件105上，第三驱动件110安装于第四驱动件111上，第二焊接头102安装于第三驱动件110上，第三驱动件110带动第二焊接头102上下移动，第四驱动件111带动第二焊接头102前后移动，第二移动件105带动第二焊接头102左右移动，从而实现对应的待焊区段240的焊接。
在一实施例中，结合图19和图20所示，治具103中容纳有盖合有端盖22的壳体21，壳体21夹持于第一输送带组件1071和第二输送带组件1072，第一焊接头101、第一驱动件108、第二驱动件109和第一输送带组件1071均位于壳体21的后侧，且第一输送带组件1071位于治具103和第一驱动件108之间；第二输送带组件1072、第二焊接头102、第三驱动件110和第四驱动件111均位于壳体21的前侧，且第二输送带组件1072位于治具103和第三驱动件110之间，这样布局方便部件布置；第二驱动件109安装于第一移动件104上，第一驱动件108安装于第二驱动件109上，第一焊接头101安装于第一驱动件108上，第一驱动件108带动第一焊接头101上下移动，第二驱动件109带动第一焊接头101前后移动；第四驱动件111安装于第二移动件105上，第三驱动件110安装于第四驱动件111上，第二焊接头102安装于第三驱动件110上，第三驱动件110带动第二焊接头102上下移动，第四驱动件111带动第二焊接头102前后移动；另外，在第一输送带组件1071和第二输送带组件1072的输送下，壳体21随之左右移动，从而实现对应的待焊区段240的焊接。
如图5～14所示，在本申请的一个实施例中，提供了一种焊接设备200，包括上述的焊接装置100。
本申请实施例的焊接设备200，采用了上述的焊接装置100，该焊接装置100的焊接效率高，也能够提高该焊接设备200的焊接效率。
由于本申请实施例的焊接设备200采用了上述所有实施例的全部技术方案，因此同样具有上述实施例的技术方案所带来的所有有益效果，在此不再一一赘述。
在本申请的另一个实施例中，结合图5～9所示，提供的该焊接设备200还包括输送装置210、第一焊接装置220和第二焊接装置230；第一焊接装置220为焊接装置100，第一 焊接装置220中的焊接工位1001为第一焊接工位2201，第一焊接装置220中的第一焊接头101和第二焊接头102能够分别焊接位于端盖22相对两侧的待焊区段240；第二焊接装置230为焊接装置100，第二焊接装置230中的焊接工位1001为第二焊接工位2204，第二焊接装置230中的第一焊接头101和第二焊接装置230中的第二焊接头102能够分别焊接位于端盖22的另一相对两侧的待焊区段240；输送装置210能够将治具103从第一焊接工位2201移动到第二焊接工位2204。
第一焊接装置220为用于焊接位于第一焊接工位2201处的端盖22和壳体21的焊接装置100，例如图5所示，第一焊接装置220用于焊接端盖22的相对两长边部处，即第一待焊区段241和第二待焊区段242。
第二焊接装置230为用于焊接位于第二焊接工位2204处的端盖22和壳体21的焊接装置100，例如图5所示，第二焊接装置230用于焊接端盖22的相对两短边部处，即第三待焊区段243和第四待焊区段244。
本申请实施例的焊接设备200，在焊接时，输送装置210将治具103移动到第一焊接工位2201处，第一焊接装置220中的第一焊接头101和第二焊接头102分别焊接位于端盖22相对两侧的待焊区段240；焊接完成之后，输送装置210再将治具103移动到第二焊接工位2204处，第二焊接装置230中的第一焊接头101(可参阅图5中所示的第三焊接头231)和第二焊接头102(可参阅图5中所示的第四焊接头232)分别焊接位于端盖22另一相对两侧的待焊区段240，如此便实现端盖22和壳体21的整圈焊接，采用第一焊接头101和第二焊接头102同时焊接端盖22的相对两侧，以及第三焊接头231和第四焊接头232分别焊接端盖22的另一相对两侧，焊接效率高。
为了方便描述，以下将第二焊接装置230中的第一焊接头101称为第三焊接头231，第二焊接装置230中的第二焊接头102称为第四焊接头232。
在本申请的另一个实施例中，结合图5～9所示，提供的该焊接设备200具有中转工位2203；第一焊接头101焊接待焊区段240为第一待焊区段241，第二焊接头102焊接待焊区段240为第二待焊区段242，第三焊接头231焊接待焊区段240为第三待焊区段243，第四焊接头232焊接待焊区段240为第四待焊区段244；治具103包括第一子治具1031和第二子治具，第一子治具1031用于承载盖合有端盖22的壳体21，第一子治具1031的相对两侧均构造有第一避空子结构10321，两个第一避空子结构10321分别供第一待焊区段241和第二待焊区段242外露，输送装置210能够将第一子治具1031从第一焊接工位2201输送到中转工位2203内；第二子治具用于承载盖合有端盖22的壳体21，第二子治具的相对两侧均构造有第二避空子结构，两个第二避空子结构分别供第三待焊区段243和第四待焊区段244外露；焊接设备200还包括转移装置，转移装置将位于中转工位2203处的第一子治具1031中的盖合有端盖22的壳体21转移到第二子治具内；输送装置210能够将第二子治具从中转工位2203输送到第二焊接工位2204内。
转移装置是指能够将第一子治具1031内的盖合有端盖22的壳体21取出，并能够将取出的盖合有端盖22的壳体21放置到第二子治具内的装置，其中，转移装置可为机械手等能够实现物品取放的设备。
本申请实施例的焊接设备200，在焊接时，输送装置210将第一子治具1031输送到第一焊接工位2201，第一焊接头101和第二焊接头102分别通过两个第一避空子结构10321焊接第一待焊区段241和第二待焊区段242；当焊接完成后，输送装置210再讲第一子治具1031输送到中转工位2203，转移装置将第一子治具1031内的盖合有端盖22的壳体21取出后，再将盖有端盖22的壳体21放入第二子治具内，之后，输送装置210再将第二子治具输送到第二焊接工位2204，第三焊接头231和第四焊接头232分别通过两个第二避空子结构焊接第三待焊区段243和第四待焊区段244，如此便完成了端盖22和壳体21的整圈焊接。另外，利用第一子治具1031和第二子治具分别将端盖22和壳体21的待焊区24分段外露，使得第一子治具1031和第二子治具无需断开，盖合有端盖22的壳体21在治具 103内的固定可靠性好，有利于提高焊接质量，从而也能够降低端盖22和壳体21之间的焊接难度，提高端盖22和壳体21的焊接效果。
在本申请的另一个实施例中，结合图5～9所示，提供的该焊接设备200还具有第一修边工位2202，输送装置210能够将第一子治具1031从第一焊接工位2201输送到第一修边工位2202内；焊接设备200还包括第一修边装置，第一修边装置能够对位于第一修边工位2202内的第一待焊区段241内形成的第一焊缝以及第二待焊区段242内形成的第二焊缝进行修边处理。
本申请实施例的焊接设备200，当第一待焊区段241和第二待焊区段242焊接完成后，第一待焊区段241内形成第一焊缝结构，第二待焊区段242内形成第二焊缝结构；之后，输送装置210将第一子治具1031被输送到第一修边工位2202，第一修边装置对第一焊缝结构和第二焊缝结构进行修边处理，磨掉第一焊缝结构和第二焊缝结构上凸出端盖22和壳体21外的部分，使得端盖22和壳体21具有良好的外观品质，也可减少对其他部件的损伤风险。
在本申请的另一个实施例中，结合图5～9所示，提供的该焊接设备200还具有第二修边工位2205，输送装置210将第二子治具从第二焊接工位2204输送到第二修边工位2205内；焊接设备200还包括第二修边装置，第二修边装置能够对位于第二修边工位2205内的第三待焊区段243内形成的第三焊缝以及第四待焊区段244内形成的第四焊缝进行修边处理。
本申请实施例的焊接设备200，当第三待焊区段243和第四待焊区段244焊接完成后，第三待焊区段243内形成第三焊缝结构，第四待焊区段244内形成第四焊缝结构；之后，输送装置210将第二子治具输送到第二修边工位2205，然后，第二修边装置对第三焊缝结构和第四焊缝结构进行修边处理，磨掉第三焊缝结构和第四焊缝结构上凸出端盖22和壳体21外的部分，使得端盖22和壳体21具有良好的外观品质，也可减少对其他部件的损伤风险。
由于本申请实施例的焊接设备200可以采用上述任意一个或几个实施例的技术方案，因此同样具有上述实施例的技术方案所带来的所有有益效果，在此不再一一赘述。
在本申请的一个实施例中，提供了一种电池单体20，电池单体20包括壳体21和端盖22，端盖22盖合于壳体21上，端盖22和壳体21之间采用上述的焊接方法进行焊接。
本申请实施例的电池单体20，端盖22和壳体21采用上述的焊接方法进行焊接，其焊接效率高，有利于提高电池单体20的生产效率，降低制作成本。
由于本申请实施例的电池单体20可以采用上述任意一个或几个实施例的技术方案，因此同样具有上述实施例的技术方案所带来的所有有益效果，在此不再一一赘述。
以上所述仅为本申请的较佳实施例而已，并不用以限制本申请，凡在本申请的精神和原则之内所作的任何修改、等同替换和改进等，均应包含在本申请的保护范围之内。

Claims (23)

  1. 一种焊接方法，其中，包括以下步骤：
    将盖合有端盖的壳体放置于治具内，所述治具构造有供端盖和壳体之间的待焊区外露的避空结构，所述待焊区包括位于所述端盖相对两侧的第一待焊区段和第二待焊区段；
    将所述治具移动到焊接设备的第一焊接工位，所述焊接设备的第一焊接头通过所述避空结构焊接所述第一待焊区段，所述焊接设备的第二焊接头焊接通过所述避空结构焊接所述第二待焊区段，其中，所述第一焊接工位位于所述第一焊接头和所述第二焊接头之间。
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的焊接方法，其中，所述待焊区包括多个待焊区段，每个所述待焊区段对应设置有一个焊接头，所述多个待焊区段依次首尾相连围合形成环形结构，所述多个待焊区段中的两个分别为所述第一待焊区段和所述第二待焊区段，所述第一待焊区段对应的所述焊接头为所述第一焊接头，所述第二待焊区段对应的所述焊接头为所述第二焊接头。
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的焊接方法，其中，所述多个待焊区段中相对的一对所述待焊区段对应的两个所述焊接头焊接方向相反。
  4. 根据权利要求2或3所述的焊接方法，其中，所述多个待焊区段任意相邻的两个所述待焊区段中的一个的焊接起点和另一个的焊接终点相连。
  5. 根据权利要求2所述的焊接方法，其中，所述多个待焊区段中相对的一对所述待焊区段对应的两个所述焊接头焊接方向相同。
  6. 根据权利要求2、3或5中任一项所述的焊接方法，其中，至少一个所述焊接头沿第一方向焊接对应的所述待焊区段后再反向焊接对应的所述待焊区段。
  7. 根据权利要求6所述的焊接方法，其中，所述待焊区段构造有停焊位，所述焊接头从所述待焊区段的一端沿所述第一方向焊接到所述停焊位后停止焊接，所述焊接头再反向焊接，以完成所述待焊区段上未焊接区域的焊接。
  8. 根据权利要求7所述的焊接方法，其中，所述焊接头反向焊接到所述停焊位后，继续反向焊接。
  9. 根据权利要求1或2所述的焊接方法，其中，所述待焊区还包括位于所述端盖另一相对两侧的第三待焊区段和第四待焊区段；所述第一待焊区段包括相对设置的第一端和第二端，所述第二待焊区段包括相对设置的第三端和第四端，所述第三待焊区段连接于所述第一端和所述第三端之间，所述第四待焊区段连接于所述第二端和所述第四端之间；
    所述焊接设备还包括第三焊接头和第四焊接头，所述第三焊接头和所述第四焊接头之间形成有第二焊接工位；
    将所述治具移动到所述第二焊接工位，所述第三焊接头通过所述避空结构焊接所述第三待焊区段，所述第四焊接头通过所述避空结构焊接所述第四待焊区段。
  10. 根据权利要求9所述的焊接方法，其中，所述第一焊接头沿所述第一端朝向所述第二端的分布方向焊接所述第一待焊区段，所述第二焊接头沿所述第四端朝向所述第三端的分布方向焊接所述第二待焊区段；
    所述第三焊接头沿所述第三端朝向所述第一端的分布方向焊接所述第三待焊区，所述第四焊接头沿所述第二端朝向所述第四端的分布方向焊接所述第四待焊区段。
  11. 根据权利要求9所述的焊接方法，其中，所述第一焊接头沿所述第一端朝向所述第二端的分布方向焊接所述第一待焊区段，所述第二焊接头沿所述第三端朝向所述第四端的分布方向焊接所述第二待焊区段；
    所述第三焊接头沿所述第一端朝向所述第三端的分布方向焊接所述第三待焊区，所述第四焊接头沿所述第二端朝向所述第四端的分布方向焊接所述第四待焊区段。
  12. 根据权利要求11所述的焊接方法，其中，所述第二焊接头沿所述第三端朝向所述 第四端的分布方向焊接所述第二待焊区段后再反向朝向所述第四端焊接所述第二待焊区段；
    和/或，所述第四焊接头沿所述第二端朝向所述第四端的分布方向焊接所述第四待焊区段后再反向朝向所述第二端焊接所述第四待焊区段。
  13. 一种焊接装置，其中，包括第一焊接头、第二焊接头和治具，所述治具用于承载盖合有端盖的壳体，所述治具构造有供端盖和壳体之间的待焊区外露的避空结构；
    所述第一焊接头和所述第二焊接头之间形成有焊接工位；
    其中，当所述治具位于所述焊接工位时，所述第一焊接头和所述第二焊接头通过避空结构分别焊接所述待焊区位于所述端盖相对两侧的待焊区段。
  14. 根据权利要求13所述的焊接装置，其中，所述焊接装置还包括第一移动件，所述第一移动件与所述第一焊接头连接，并用于驱动所述第一焊接头相对于所述治具移动，以使得所述第一焊接头焊接对应的所述待焊区段；
    所述焊接装置还包括第二移动件，所述第二移动件与所述第二焊接头连接，并用于驱动所述第二焊接头相对于所述治具移动，以使得所述第二焊接头焊接对应的所述待焊区段。
  15. 根据权利要求13或14所述的焊接装置，其中，所述焊接装置还包括夹持机构，所述夹持机构位于所述焊接工位，并用于夹持固定所述壳体。
  16. 根据权利要求15所述的焊接装置，其中，所述夹持机构包括固定板以及与所述固定板连接的第一侧板和第二侧板，所述第一侧板、所述第二侧板和所述固定板共同围设形成夹持槽，所述夹持槽用于夹持所述壳体。
  17. 根据权利要求16所述的焊接装置，其中，所述第一侧板位于所述第一焊接头和所述治具之间，所述第二侧板位于所述第二焊接头和所述治具之间。
  18. 根据权利要求13～17中任一项所述的焊接装置，其中，所述焊接装置还包括移动机构，所述移动机构用于驱动所述治具移动，以使得所述第一焊接头焊接对应的所述待焊接区段，所述第二焊接头焊接对应的所述待焊区段。
  19. 根据权利要求18所述的焊接装置，其中，所述移动机构包括间隔设置的第一输送带组件和第二输送带组件，所述第一输送带组件和第二输送带组件能够夹持所述壳体并能够使得所述壳体在所述第一输送带组件和所述第二输送带组件的输送下移动。
  20. 根据权利要求13～19中任一项所述的焊接装置，其中，所述治具构造有压紧板和供盖合有端盖的壳体容置的容置槽，所述压紧板位于所述容置槽的开口处，并压紧于所述壳体上并将所述壳体朝向所述端盖抵推，以压紧固定所述端盖和所述壳体。
  21. 一种焊接设备，其中，包括权利要求13～20中任一项所述的焊接装置。
  22. 根据权利要求21所述的焊接设备，其中，所述焊接设备包括输送装置、第一焊接装置和第二焊接装置；
    所述第一焊接装置为所述焊接装置，所述第一焊接装置中的所述焊接工位为第一焊接工位，所述第一焊接装置中的所述第一焊接头和所述第一焊接装置中的所述第二焊接头能够分别焊接位于所述端盖相对两侧的所述待焊区段；
    所述第二焊接装置为所述焊接装置，所述第二焊接装置中的所述焊接工位为第二焊接工位，所述第二焊接装置中的所述第一焊接头和所述第二焊接装置中的第二焊接头能够分别焊接位于所述端盖的另一相对两侧的所述待焊区段；
    所述输送装置能够将所述治具从所述第一焊接工位移动到所述第二焊接工位。
  23. 一种电池单体，所述电池单体包括壳体和端盖，所述端盖盖合于所述壳体上，其中，所述端盖和所述壳体之间采用权利要求1～12中任一项所述的焊接方法进行焊接。
PCT/CN2023/073962 2023-01-31 2023-01-31 焊接方法、焊接装置、焊接设备及电池单体 Ceased WO2024159397A1 (zh)

Priority Applications (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
EP23875912.0A EP4431224A4 (en) 2023-01-31 2023-01-31 WELDING PROCESS, WELDING DEVICE, WELDING APPARATUS AND BATTERY CELL
CN202380045269.9A CN119343198A (zh) 2023-01-31 2023-01-31 焊接方法、焊接装置、焊接设备及电池单体
PCT/CN2023/073962 WO2024159397A1 (zh) 2023-01-31 2023-01-31 焊接方法、焊接装置、焊接设备及电池单体
US18/622,119 US12599991B2 (en) 2023-01-31 2024-03-29 Welding method, welding apparatus, welding device, and battery cell

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2023/073962 WO2024159397A1 (zh) 2023-01-31 2023-01-31 焊接方法、焊接装置、焊接设备及电池单体

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US18/622,119 Continuation US12599991B2 (en) 2023-01-31 2024-03-29 Welding method, welding apparatus, welding device, and battery cell

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2024159397A1 true WO2024159397A1 (zh) 2024-08-08

Family

ID=91964655

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2023/073962 Ceased WO2024159397A1 (zh) 2023-01-31 2023-01-31 焊接方法、焊接装置、焊接设备及电池单体

Country Status (4)

Country Link
US (1) US12599991B2 (zh)
EP (1) EP4431224A4 (zh)
CN (1) CN119343198A (zh)
WO (1) WO2024159397A1 (zh)

Families Citing this family (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN119794636A (zh) * 2024-10-08 2025-04-11 比亚迪股份有限公司 电池壳盖的焊接方法和焊接装置
CN120473413B (zh) * 2025-05-28 2026-04-17 南京晶耀芯辉半导体科技有限公司 一种磷化铟芯片封装装置

Citations (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2012043714A (ja) * 2010-08-20 2012-03-01 Toshiba Corp 溶接方法、電池並びに組電池の製造方法、および、電池
CN110102936A (zh) * 2019-05-28 2019-08-09 广东利元亨智能装备股份有限公司 一种顶盖侧焊设备及方法
CN113299999A (zh) * 2021-06-18 2021-08-24 厦门海辰新能源科技有限公司 锂电池入壳和顶盖焊接模块
CN114799520A (zh) * 2022-05-31 2022-07-29 广东利元亨技术有限公司 一种焊接设备及其焊接方法
CN217306721U (zh) * 2022-06-24 2022-08-26 宁德时代新能源科技股份有限公司 端盖组件、电池单体、电池、用电装置及焊接设备
US20220388095A1 (en) * 2021-06-07 2022-12-08 Calb Technology Co., Ltd. Welding method of battery cover plate
CN115476041A (zh) * 2022-07-04 2022-12-16 深圳市海目星激光智能装备股份有限公司 顶盖焊接系统及其顶盖焊接方法
CN218215496U (zh) * 2022-07-08 2023-01-03 宁德时代新能源科技股份有限公司 端盖组件、电池单体、电池及用电装置

Family Cites Families (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN2859815Y (zh) 2005-12-29 2007-01-17 比亚迪股份有限公司 一种电池盖板及电池
JP5609632B2 (ja) * 2010-12-27 2014-10-22 スズキ株式会社 レーザ重ね溶接方法
CN105149761A (zh) * 2015-10-12 2015-12-16 贵州大学 一种锂电池包焊接方法及焊接夹具
WO2020184276A1 (ja) * 2019-03-12 2020-09-17 Nok株式会社 溶接用治具装置、部品の製造方法

Patent Citations (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2012043714A (ja) * 2010-08-20 2012-03-01 Toshiba Corp 溶接方法、電池並びに組電池の製造方法、および、電池
CN110102936A (zh) * 2019-05-28 2019-08-09 广东利元亨智能装备股份有限公司 一种顶盖侧焊设备及方法
US20220388095A1 (en) * 2021-06-07 2022-12-08 Calb Technology Co., Ltd. Welding method of battery cover plate
CN113299999A (zh) * 2021-06-18 2021-08-24 厦门海辰新能源科技有限公司 锂电池入壳和顶盖焊接模块
CN114799520A (zh) * 2022-05-31 2022-07-29 广东利元亨技术有限公司 一种焊接设备及其焊接方法
CN217306721U (zh) * 2022-06-24 2022-08-26 宁德时代新能源科技股份有限公司 端盖组件、电池单体、电池、用电装置及焊接设备
CN115476041A (zh) * 2022-07-04 2022-12-16 深圳市海目星激光智能装备股份有限公司 顶盖焊接系统及其顶盖焊接方法
CN218215496U (zh) * 2022-07-08 2023-01-03 宁德时代新能源科技股份有限公司 端盖组件、电池单体、电池及用电装置

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
See also references of EP4431224A4 *

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
EP4431224A4 (en) 2025-01-29
EP4431224A1 (en) 2024-09-18
CN119343198A (zh) 2025-01-21
US12599991B2 (en) 2026-04-14
US20240253169A1 (en) 2024-08-01

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US12599991B2 (en) Welding method, welding apparatus, welding device, and battery cell
US20230261244A1 (en) Case-put-in apparatus and battery assembling device
US12322828B2 (en) Valve, battery, power consumption device and manufacturing apparatus and method for valve
US20240047836A1 (en) Battery cell, battery, electrical device, and device and method for manufacturing battery cell
US12136741B2 (en) Casing of battery, battery and electricity-consuming apparatus
US12394815B1 (en) Grouping device, grouping method, and battery production line
US20250337064A1 (en) Battery cell, battery, and electrical apparatus
US20250279459A1 (en) Clamping apparatus, battery production line and transfer method
CN118336073B (zh) 一种电池成组装置、生产线及电池成组方法
CN117936875B (zh) 配对设备及配对方法
KR20230113607A (ko) 배터리 셀 및 그 제조 방법, 제조 장치, 배터리, 전기장치
WO2025077186A1 (zh) 一种焊接压板、焊接系统和焊接方法
WO2024016453A1 (zh) 电池单体、电池及用电装置
US20250196248A1 (en) Deviation correction device and processing apparatus for cylindrical battery
CN221773827U (zh) 焊接定位工装以及电池生产线
CN222475451U (zh) 电池模组的转运设备和转运系统
CN221658476U (zh) 汇流排焊接的辅助装置
CN118782870B (zh) 电池单体制造方法及其设备、电池装置和用电装置
CN222859899U (zh) 贴胶设备及电池生产线
CN222190849U (zh) 极耳贴胶设备
CN221427810U (zh) 一种卷绕设备和电池加工系统
CN220970178U (zh) 除尘装置及电池生产线
WO2025077187A1 (zh) 一种焊接压板、焊接系统和焊接方法
CN221603045U (zh) 压边组件、压边装置以及电池生产系统
CN223156241U (zh) 电池单体、电池装置以及用电装置

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2023875912

Country of ref document: EP

Effective date: 20240417

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 202380045269.9

Country of ref document: CN

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: 202380045269.9

Country of ref document: CN

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE